M/s. PEARL DISTILLERY LIMITED

SVELC/UPL/EIA/FINAL

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Feb’ 2021

M/s. PEARL DISTILLERY LIMITED (EXPANSION OF GRAIN BASED DISTILLERY PRODUCTION

CAPACITY FROM 90 KLPD TO 150 KLPD)

SITE ADDRESS: Sy. Nos. 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2, 54, 55/1 & 2, 56, etc., Plot No. 791, Old Singarayakonda village, Singarayakonda Mandal, Prakasam, Andhra Pradesh ACTIVITY: GRAIN BASED DISTILLERY PRODUCTION CAPACITY: 90 KLPD TO 150 KLPD Sector: 5(g) – Distilleries Baseline Collection: Nov’2020 to Jan’2021 ToR No: AP PKM IND 04 2020 1794 Dt: 06.05.2020

PREPARED BY

SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS Visakhapatnam

Phone: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529

Email: [email protected]

Recognized by MoEF&CC and QCI – Accredited,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0118 Dt: 28.09.2020 valid upto 24.04.2021

NABL Accredited Dt: 08.05.2017 valid up to 07.05.2019 & 19.7.19 – 18.7.2021

MoEF&CC Recognized Dt: 02.06.2016 valid up to 01.06.2021

SVELC/EIA/PDL/2021/01

UNDERTAKING

This is to certify that M/s. SV Enviro Labs & Consultants is a NABL and NABET

Accredited, ISO 9001:2015 certified company and is recognised by Ministry of Environment,

Forest and Climate Change under Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.

Further, this Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for M/s. Pearl Distillery

Limited, Old Singarayakonda, Prakasam, Andhra Pradesh is carried out for proposed

expansion of Grain based distillery production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD and the

prescribed ToR’s have been complied with and the data submitted in the Draft EIA report is

factually correct.

Thanks and Regards,

M. Murali Krishna

Managing Partner

Feb’2021

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE EIA

“Draft Environmental Impact Assessment” for the proposed expansion of Grain based

distillery production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD by M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited.

I hereby certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA.

EIA Co-ordinator :

Name : M. Murali Krishna

Signature :

Period of Involvement : Nov’ 2020 to Jan’2021

Functional Area Experts:

S.No Functional

Areas

Name of the Expert Category as per

NABET

Involvement (Period and

task**)

Signature and Date

1 AP * M. Murali Krishna

A Air Pollution

monitoring,

prevention &

control

2 WP * V. Hema Latha

A Water Pollution

monitoring,

prevention &

control

3 SHW * K. Anitha

A Solid waste

management

4 SE * Dr. B. Vijay

Bhaskara Rao

A Socioeconomic

studies

5 EB * Dr. M. Tarakeswara

Naidu

A Ecology and Bio-

diversity

6 HG * Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna

A Hydrology

7 GEO * Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna

A Geology

8 SC * Dr. M. Tarakeswara

Naidu

B Soil conservation

9 AQ * M. Murali Krishna A Air quality

modelling

10 NV * M. Murali Krishna A Noise and vibration

11 LU * Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna

A Land use studies

12 RH * Shaik Kasim

T. Sravanth (TM)

A Risk and hazard

study

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, M. Murali Krishna, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

for proposed expansion of Grain based distillery production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150

KLPD by M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited.

Signature:

Name: M. Murali Krishna

Designation: Managing Partner

Name of the EIA consultant organization: SV Enviro Labs & Consultants

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1821/SA0118 Dt: 28.09.2020

APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE COMPLIANCE

ToR File. No: AP PKM IND 04 2020 1794 Dt: 06.05.2020

S.No Standard ToRs Compliance

1 Executive Summary The same is attached along with the EIA report.

2 Introduction

i Details of the EIA Consultant

including NABET accreditation

SV Enviro Labs & Consultants

Enviro House, Block –B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar,

Visakhapatnam -12

NABET Accreditation No:

NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0118 valid up to

24.04.2021 and copy shown as Fig 11.1 in

Chapter – 11.

ii Information about the project

proponent

Mr. K. Sreedhar

Designation: Unit Head

M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited

Old Singarayakonda

Singarayakonda Mandal

Prakasam – 523101

Andhra Pradesh, India

iii Importance and benefits of the project In Indian economy (which is agro based) where

many industries are dependent over agricultural

produce for production of luxury and need based

commodities, alcohol has assumed a very

important place. It has been a source of revenue

by way of excise duty levied by the State

Government on alcohol liquors. It has a potential

as fuel in the form of power alcohol for blending

with petrol.

Details included in Chapter-1 of the EIA report

under section 1.5

3 Project Description

i Cost of project and time of completion The initial project cost for the distillery while

applying EC to MOEF&CC Delhi vide order

Dated: 19.07.2007 was 55 crores and the CFE

Order for installation of 30 TPH boiler vide

order Dated 18.04.2018 was 15 crores. Both

these projects have been completed.

Now it is envisaged to install additional columns

(MSDH units) to make the ENA from existing

96% alcohol to 100% Ethanol. The project cost

for the proposed MSDH unit within the plant

premises is 12.6 crores.

ii Products with capacities for the

proposed project

The company has proposed to expand the

production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150

KLPD Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8%

v/v)/ENA Grain based distillery along with 35

TPD of CO2 plant within the existing premises.

Proposed Expansion capacity:

1) Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8%

v/v)/ENA (Grain based) – 60 KLPD

2) By product: CO2 – 35 TPD

3) Wet cake: 90 TPD

iii If expansion project, details of existing

products with capacities and whether

adequate land is available for

expansion, reference of earlier EC if

any

The company has proposed to expand the

production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150

KLPD Ethanol/ENA Grain based distillery

Existing capacity:

1) ENA (Grain based) – 90 KLPD

2) Indian Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) –

153.68 TPD

3) By products: CO2 – 25 TPD and Wet cake –

150.0 TPD

Details mentioned in Chapter-2 of EIA report

under section 2.5

iv List of raw materials required and their

source along with mode of

The raw materials required for the proposed

expansion plant are broken rice and maize.

transportation Details mentioned in Chapter-2 of EIA report

under section 2.8.1

v Other chemicals and materials required

with quantities and storage capacities

Other chemicals and materials stored along with

capacities mentioned in Chapter-7 of EIA report

under section

vi Details of Emission, effluents,

hazardous waste generation and their

management

The details of emissions, effluents and hazardous

waste generation and disposal is provided in

Chapter-2 of EIA report under section 2.9

vii Requirement of water, power, with

source of supply, status of approval,

water balance diagram, man-power

requirement (regular and contract)

The details of water requirement, power, man-

power provided in Chapter-2 of EIA report under

section 2.8

viii Process description along with major

equipments and machineries, process

flow sheet (quantitative) from raw

material to products to be provided

The proposed project is expansion of production

capacity from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD grain-

based distillery for 100% Ethanol (Anhydrous

Alcohol)/ENA.

Detailed process description along with process

flow sheet provided in Chapter-2 of EIA report

under section 2.7.1 and 2.7.2

ix Hazard identification and details of

proposed safety systems

Hazard identification and details of safety

systems detailed in Chapter-7 Additional studies.

x Expansion/modernization proposals

a Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including Amendments

thereto obtained for the project from

MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an

Annexure. A certified copy of the

latest Monitoring Report of the

Regional Office of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests as per

circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the

status of compliance of conditions

stipulated in all the existing

The industry is having valid Environmental

Clearance (EC) vide File No: J-11012/13/98-IA-

II(I) dated 19th July 2007 for 90 KLPD Distillery

unit (45 KLPD based on molasses and 45 KLPD

based on molasses/grain)

The industry obtained EC amendment to add

grain based to existing 45 KLPD molasses based

distillery and 25TPD of CO2 plant vide F.No: J-

11011/152/2015-IA II (I) Dt: 28.12.2015.

CFE vide order no:

39/APPCB/CFE/RONLR/HO/2016 Dt:

environmental clearances including

Amendments shall be provided. In

addition, status of compliance of

Consent to Operate for the ongoing or

existing operation of the project from

SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-

EMP report

20.09.2016 and CFO order vide order no:

APPCB/VJA/NLR/39/HO/2017 Dt: 18.12.2017.

Copies attached as Annexure-II

b In case the existing project has not

obtained environmental clearance,

reasons for not taking EC under the

provisions of the EIA Notification

1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006

shall be provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection Certificate and

Consent to Operate (in case of units

operating prior to EIA Notification

2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-

2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be

submitted. Further, compliance report

to the conditions of consents from the

SPCB shall be submitted.

Not Applicable

The project has obtained Environmental

Clearance vide File No: J-11012/13/98-IA-II(I)

dated 19th July 2007 and EC Amendment vide

F.No: J-11011/152/2015-IA II (I) Dt:

28.12.2015.

4 Site Details

i Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and

State, Justification for selecting the

site, whether other sites were

considered.

Total site area: 98.04 Acres

Sy. No: 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2, 54,

55/1 & 2, 56 etc., Plot No. 791,

Old Singarayakonda Village,

Prakasam District,

Andhra Pradesh

The proposed expansion project is within the

existing premises and no alternate site was

considered.

ii A toposheet of the study area of radius

of 10km and site location on

Topo map of 10 km radius is included in Chapter

2 of EIA report under Figure 2.3

1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2

sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas

and environmentally sensitive places).

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for

selection of site.

The proposed expansion will be within the

existing premises and plenty of availability of

raw material and manpower-trained available,

hence no alternate considered.

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site.

1. 15°12'43.65"N, 80° 0'58.49"E

2. 15°12'52.08"N, 80° 0'42.07"E

3. 15°13'14.56"N, 80° 0'45.02"E

4. 15°13'12.13"N, 80° 1'6.75"E

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the

project site.

Mentioned in chapter 2 of EIA report under

Figure 2.2

vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as

well as proposed unit indicating

storage area, plant area, greenbelt area,

utilities etc. If located within an

Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout

of Industrial Area indicating location

of unit within the Industrial

area/Estate.

Site layout for the proposed activity is provided

in Chapter 2 of EIA report – Project Description

under Figure: 2.6

vii Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site. If

existing, show photographs of

plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Photographs of existing plant and greenbelt

developed enclosed as Annexure V.

viii Landuse break-up of total land of the

project site (identified and acquired),

government/ private - agricultural,

forest, wasteland, water bodies,

settlements, etc. shall be included. (not

required for industrial area).

Total land area = 98.04 Ac

Existing Built up area = 14.98 Ac

Green belt area = 35.0 Ac

Roads & other infrastructure = 8.5 Ac

Proposed MSDH unit = 0.89 Ac

Open space = 38.67 Ac

ix A list of major industries with name

and type within study area (10km

The major industries within 10 km radius are:

i. Sagar Grandhi Exports Pvt. Ltd.

radius) shall be incorporated. Land use

details of the study area.

ii. Sri Panduranga Agro Industries

iii. Doradla’s Processing Industry

The land use details of the study area is provided

in Chapter-3 under section 3.10

x Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area

shall be included.

It is of plain land with existing industry and the

detailed geology is discussed in Chapter-3 of

EIA report under section 3.9

xi Details of Drainage of the project upto

5km radius of study area. If the site is

within 1 km radius of any major river,

peak and lean season river discharge as

well as flood occurrence frequency

based on peak rainfall data of the past

30 years. Details of Flood Level of the

project site and maximum Flood Level

of the river shall also be provided.

(mega green field projects).

Drainage pattern map enclosed and details of

study area is incorporated at chapter-3 Fig no:

3.14.

Manneru River is adjacent to the site area in

south direction.

xii Status of acquisition of land. If

acquisition is not complete, stage of

the acquisition process and expected

time of complete possession of the

land.

Not Applicable. The proposed project is

expansion within the existing industry premises

only.

xiii R&R details in respect of land in line

with state Government policy.

Not applicable as the proposed project site is

existing own land.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if

applicable):

Not applicable.

There are no national parks or wildlife

sanctuaries within 10 km radius. Therefore,

NBWL is not required for the proposed project.

i Permission and approval for the use of

forest land (forestry clearance), if any,

and recommendations of the State

Forest Department. (if applicable).

Not applicable.

ii Landuse map based on High resolution Not applicable.

satellite imagery (GPS) of the

proposed site delineating the forestland

(in case of projects involving forest

land more than 40 ha)

iii Status of Application submitted for

obtaining the stage I forestry clearance

along with latest status shall be

submitted

Not applicable.

iv The projects to be located within 10

km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Migratory

Corridors of Wild Animals, the project

proponent shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features vis-à-

vis the project location and the

recommendations or comments of the

Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

Not applicable. No wildlife sanctuaries,

biosphere reserve, Tiger/ Elephant reserves,

Protected forest, Wildlife corridors etc. existing

within 10 km radius study area.

v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife

Warden of the State Government for

conservation of Schedule I fauna, if

any exists in the study area.

Not Applicable. No Schedule – I species existing

within proposed study area. Hence wild life

conservation plan is not required.

vi Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing

Committee of the National Board for

Wildlife.

Not applicable.

6 Environmental Status

i Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project site and

site-specific micrometeorological

data using temperature, relative

Micrometeorological data is mentioned in

Chapter-3 of EIA report under section 3.4.1

humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall

ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX, CO and other parameters

relevant to the project shall be

collected. The monitoring stations shall

be based CPCB guidelines and take

into account the pre-dominant wind

direction, population zone and

sensitive receptors including reserved

forests

Baseline was carried out from November 2020 to

January 2021 and it was included in EIA report

in Chapter-3.

AAQ monitoring done at 8 locations and their

result is tabulated at Table no: 3.5

iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for

12 weeks of all stations as per

frequency given in the NAQQM

Notification of Nov. 2009 along with -

min., max., average and 98% values

for each of the AAQ parameters from

data of all AAQ stations should be

provided as an annexure to the EIA

Report

Summary of Analysis of AAQ in the study area

is mentioned in Chapter-3 – Description of

Environment under section 3.5.3

iv Surface water quality of nearby River

(100m upstream and downstream of

discharge point) and other surface

drains at eight locations as per

CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Surface water samples were collected at four

locations and reports are included in EIA report

Chapter-3 under Table 3.10

v Whether the site falls near to polluted

stretch of river identified by the

CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

No. The site is not located near to the polluted

stretch of river.

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum

at 8 locations shall be included.

Ground water samples at 8 locations have been

collected and report is included in Chapter-3:

Description of Environment in Table 3.10

vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations 8 nos. of noise level monitoring stations are

within the study area. mentioned in Chapter-3: Description of

Environment under section 3.8

viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB

guidelines.

Five soil samples were collected and results are

mentioned in Chapter-3 – Description of

Environment under section 3.7

ix Traffic study of the area, type of

vehicles, frequency of vehicles for

transportation of materials, additional

traffic due to proposed project, parking

arrangement etc.

Traffic study is mentioned in chapter 4 under

section 4.8

x Detailed description of flora and fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the

study area shall be given with special

reference to rare, endemic and

endangered species. If Schedule-I

fauna are found within the study area, a

Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

prepared and furnished

Description of Biological Environment is

mentioned in chapter – 3 under section 3.11

No schedule – I species are found in the study

area, hence Wildlife Conservation plan is not

required

xi Socio-economic status of the study

area

Socio- economic status of the study area is

included in Chapter-3 under section 3.12

7 Impact and Environment

Management Plan

i Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from the

stack emission based on site- specific

meteorological features. In case the

project is located on a hilly terrain, the

AQIP Modelling shall be done using

inputs of the specific terrain

characteristics for determining the

potential impacts of the project on the

AAQ. Cumulative impact of all

sources of emissions (including

Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions on

the AAQ is mentioned in chapter-4 under section

4.4

transportation) on the AAQ of the area

shall be assessed. Details of the model

used and the input data used for

modelling shall also be provided. The

air quality contours shall be plotted on

a location map showing the location of

project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any

ii Water Quality modelling - in case of

discharge in water body

Not Applicable as the effluents are not

discharging into the water body.

iii Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this regard,

options for transport of raw materials

and finished products and wastes (large

quantities) by rail or rail-cum road

transport or conveyor- cum-rail

transport shall be examined.

Impact due to the transportation of raw materials

and products is only generation of fugitive

emissions.

The transport of raw material or end product is

only through road transport.

iv A note on treatment of wastewater

from different plant operations, extent

recycled and reused for different

purposes shall be included. Complete

scheme of effluent treatment.

Characteristics of untreated and treated

effluent to meet the prescribed

standards of discharge under E(P)

Rules

The effluent generated from the ENA/ Grain

Alcohol production process will be segregated as

process effluent (spent wash and spent lees) and

effluent from utilities like Boiler, Cooling

Tower, vacuum pump, washings. The company

adopted Zero Liquid Discharge scheme. The

condensates from evaporation will be recycled

and reused in Process & Make up water streams.

The detailed treatment system is mentioned in

chapter-2 of EIA report under section 2.9.1

v Details of stack emission and action

plan for control of emissions to meet

standards

The existing 30 TPH boiler is equipped with

Electrostatic Precipitator and standby 16 TPH

boiler is provided with Bag filter as air pollution

control equipment.

The DG sets are provided with adequate stack

height.

vi Measures for fugitive emission control Measures to control fugitive emissions are given

in

section 4.4 of chapter 4.

vii Details of hazardous waste generation

and their storage, utilization and

management. Copies of MOU

regarding utilization of solid and

hazardous waste in cement plant shall

also be included. EMP shall include

the concept of waste-minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover techniques,

Energy conservation, and natural

resource conservation.

Hazardous Waste and its disposal are mentioned

in Chapter-2: Project Description under section

2.9.4

viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,

2009. A detailed plan of action shall be

provided.

Mixed boiler ash being disposed to brick

manufacturing units.

ix Action plan for the green belt

development plan in 33 % area i.e.

land with not less than 1,500 trees per

ha. Giving details of species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc. shall

be included. The green belt shall be

around the project boundary and a

scheme for greening of the roads used

for the project shall also be

incorporated.

The project is expansion of production capacity

within existing premises only. More than 33% of

green belt is provided. Total area of land – 98.04

Acres out of which 35.0 acres of land is provided

with greenbelt.

x Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from the

roof tops and storm water drains to

Rainwater storage pond is existing within the

plant premises. The run-off water from the roof

structure and paved areas being collected

through storm water drainage system and led to

recharge the ground water and also to

use for the various activities at the

project site to conserve fresh water and

reduce the water requirement from

other sources.

rainwater harvesting structure.

xi Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental

pollution control measures shall be

included.

Initial Project Cost: 70 Crores (already

completed)

Proposed expansion Project Cost: 12.6 Crores

Capital Cost: 27.2 Lakhs

Recurring Cost: 33.0 Lakhs/annum

xii Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.

The action plan for post-project environmental

monitoring included in Chapter-6 Environmental

monitoring programme.

xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural

and Man-made) Preparedness and

Emergency Management Plan

including Risk Assessment and

damage control. Disaster management

plan should be linked with District

Disaster Management Plan

Onsite and Off-site Disaster preparedness and

emergency management plan is mentioned in

Chapter -7 Additional Studies.

8 Occupational Health

I Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all

contract and casual workers

Funds allocated for occupational health, safety is

Rs. 3.0 Lakhs on Recurring cost.

ii Details of exposure specific health

status evaluation of worker. If the

workers' health is being evaluated by

pre designed format, chest x rays,

Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision

testing (Far & Near vision, colour

vision and any other ocular defect)

ECG, during pre placement and

periodical examinations give the

Details regarding Occupational Safety Hazards

including preplacement and periodical

examinations etc. have been incorporated in this

EIA/EMP Report

details of the same. Details regarding

last month analyzed data of above

mentioned parameters as per age, sex,

duration of exposure and department

wise

iii Details of existing Occupational &

Safety Hazards. What are the exposure

levels of hazards and whether they are

within Permissible Exposure level

(PEL). If these are not within PEL,

what measures the company has

adopted to keep them within PEL so

that health of the workers can be

preserved.

The details of existing Occupational & Safety

Hazards provided in Chapter-9 under section

9.5.8

iv Annual report of heath status of

workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety

The annual report of health status of workers

provided as Annexure-VI

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i Does the company have a well laid

down Environment Policy approved by

its Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.

The existing plant has a well laid down

Environmental policy and EHS and OHS team.

ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe

for standard operating process /

procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of

the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in

the EIA.

iii What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company

to deal with the environmental issues

and for ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance conditions?

Details of this system may be given.

Yes, company had well laid Environmental

Management Cell (EHS & OHS Team) for

reporting non-compliances or violation of

environmental norms to the Board.

iv Does the company have system of

reporting of non compliances /

violations of environmental norms to

the Board of Directors of the company

and / or shareholders or stakeholders at

large? This reporting mechanism shall

be detailed in the EIA report.

10 Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as

well as to the casual workers including

truck drivers during operation phase.

The proposed project is expansion of production

capacity. Sanitation, restroom provided for

casual and truck drivers

11 Enterprise Social Commitment

(ESC)

i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the

project cost) shall be earmarked

towards the Enterprise Social

Commitment based on Public Hearing

issues and item-wise details along with

time bound action plan shall be

included. Socio-economic

development activities need to be

elaborated upon.

Funds earmarked for CSR activity.

Need assessment carried and identified the

potential areas.

CSR budget is mentioned in Chapter-9 under

section 9.9

12 Any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order

passed by any Court of Law against the

project, if so, details thereof shall also

be included. Has the unit received any

notice under the Section 5 of

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or

Nil

relevant Sections of Air and Water

Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and

present status of the case.

13 A tabular chart with index for point

wise compliance of above TOR.

Noted

SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE

1 List of existing distillery units in the

study area along with their capacity

and sourcing of raw material.

There are no existing distillery units in the study

area.

2 Number of working days of the

distillery unit

The distillery will operate for 300 days/annum

3 Details of raw materials such as

molasses/grains, their source with

availability

Proposed raw material details:

Broken Rice : 219 MT

Maize: 146 MT

Source : Broken Rice: AP, TS & Bihar; Maize:

AP, TS, Bihar & WB

4 Details of the use of steam from the

boiler

The steam requirement in the distillery is

provided in Chapter-2 of EIA report under

section 2.8.3

5 Surface and Ground water quality

around proposed spent wash storage

lagoon, and compost yard.

No compost yard

No storage lagoons

6 Plan to reduce spent wash generation

within 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol produced

Not Applicable as in grain based distillery all the

spent wash will be converted to DWGS.

7 Proposed effluent treatment system for

molasses/grain based distillery (spent

wash, spent lees, condensate and

utilities) as well as domestic sewage

and scheme for achieving zero effluent

discharge (ZLD).

The company adopted Zero Liquid Discharge

scheme. The condensates from evaporation will

be recycled and reused in Process & Make up

water streams.

The detailed treatment system is mentioned in

chapter-2 of EIA report under section 2.9.1

8 Proposed action to restrict fresh water

consumption within 10 KL/KL of

Detailed in chapter -2 Project description

alcohol production.

9 Details about capacity of spent wash

holding tank, material used, design

consideration. No. of peizometers to be

proposed around spent wash holding

tank.

Not applicable to a grain based distillery

10 Action plan to control ground water

pollution.

There will be no ground water pollution due to

proposed project, as the plant will operate on

Zero Liquid Discharge technology.

11 Details of solid waste management

including management of boiler ash,

yeast, etc. Details of incinerated spent

wash ash generation and its disposal.

Solid waste generated are CPU sludge and ash

from the boiler. The mixed boiler ash is being

sold to brick manufacturing units. The only

hazardous waste generated in project will be the

scrap oil from DG set, automobiles, gears etc.

This is stored in leak proof drums in storage yard

and disposed to APPCB authorized agencies.

Details provided in Chapter-2 of EIA report

under section 2.9.4

12 Details of bio-composting yard (if

applicable).

Not applicable as it is a grain based distillery

13 Action plan to control odour pollution. The action plan to control odour pollution is

covered in Chapter-9 of EIA report under section

9.5.6

14 Arrangements for installation of

continuous online monitoring system

(24x7 monitoring device).

As it is zero discharge will provide on line

camera system only

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for expansion of production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD Grain Based Distillery by M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Feb’ 2021

M/s. PEARL DISTILLERY LIMITED (EXPANSION OF GRAIN BASED DISTILLERY PRODUCTION

CAPACITY FROM 90 KLPD TO 150 KLPD)

Sy. Nos. 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2, 54, 55/1 & 2, 56, etc., Plot No. 791, Old Singarayakonda village, Singarayakonda

Mandal, Prakasam, Andhra Pradesh

PREPARED BY

SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS Visakhapatnam

Phone: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529

Email: [email protected]

Recognized by MoEF&CC and QCI – Accredited,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0118 Dt: 28.09.2020 valid upto 24.04.2021

NABL Accredited Dt: 08.05.2017 valid up to 07.05.2019 & 19.7.19 – 18.7.2021

MoEF&CC Recognized Dt: 02.06.2016 valid up to 01.06.2021


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

2

INTRODUCTION

M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited is located at Sy. No: 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2, 54, 55/1

& 2, 56 etc., Plot No. 791, Old Singarayakonda Village, Singarayakonda Mandal in Prakasam

district of Andhra Pradesh. The industry is having valid Environmental Clearance (EC) vide

File No: J-11012/13/98-IA-II(I) dated 19th July 2007 for 90 KLPD Distillery unit (45 KLPD

based on molasses and 45 KLPD based on molasses/grain). The industry obtained EC

amendment to add grain based to existing 45 KLPD molasses based distillery and 25TPD of

CO2 plant vide F.No: J-11011/152/2015-IA II (I) Dt: 28.12.2015. For the same obtained CFE

vide order no: 39/APPCB/CFE/RONLR/HO/2016 Dt: 20.09.2016 and CFO order vide order

no: APPCB/VJA/NLR/39/HO/2017 Dt: 18.12.2017. Now, the management proposed for

capacity expansion from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol@ 99.8%

v/v)/ENA/ Indian Made Foreign Liquor Grain based i.e. expansion quantity of 60 KLPD and

35 TPD of CO2 plant within the existing premises.

SV Enviro Labs & Consultants a NABET-QCI Accredited firm has been entrusted to conduct

an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed capacity expansion from 90

KLPD to 150 KLPD Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol@ 99.8% v/v)/ENA within the existing

premises. As per the EIA Notification of MoEF dated 14th September 2006 and S.O. 1960 (E)

of MoEF&CC dated 13th June 2019, the project requires prior Environmental Clearance from

SEIAA/SEAC based on EIA study under 5(g), Category B Non-molasses based distilleries ≤

200 KLD of production capacity. The Terms of Reference (ToR) was approved by SEIAA,

Andhra Pradesh vide No. AP PKM IND 04 2020 1794 dated: 06.05.2020.

LOCATION & ACCESSIBILITY

The project site is located at Sy. No: 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2, 54, 55/1 & 2, 56 etc.,

Plot No. 791, Old Singarayakonda Village, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh.

Latitude: 15°12’57.80”N

Longitude: 80°0’58.0”E

The nearest highway NH-16 is adjacent to the plant towards east and the nearest railway

station is Singarayakonda Railway station is 4.02 km from the plant. The nearest airport is

Vijayawada Airport at 167.18 km from the plant. The topomap around 10 km radius is shown

in Fig 1 below.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

3

Fig. 1: Topo map around 10 km radius

PROJECT ACTIVITIES

The company proposed to expand the production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD

Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol@ 99.8% v/v)/ENA/Indian Made Foreign Liquor Grain based

distillery along with 35 TPD of CO2 plant within the existing premises. The existing Plant &

Machinery is sufficient to handle grain based to manufacture all or any of the three finished

products RS/ENA/Ethanol. However, to produce Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8% v/v from

Rectified Spirit @ 95% v/v for blending with Motor Spirit, it is proposed to set up Molecular

Sieve Dehydration (MSDH) plant within the existing premises.

Present capacity:


2) Indian Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) – 153.68 TPD

3) By products: CO2 – 25 TPD and Wet cake – 150.0 TPD


1) Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol@ 99.8% v/v)/ENA (Grain based) – 60 KLPD


3) Wet cake: 90 TPD


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

4

DISTILLERY (GRAIN-BASED)

Stage I: Preparation of feed for fermentation

Grain handling and milling

Grains are stored in the Silos & from there they are conveyed through Screw Conveyor to

Bucket Elevator. Bucket Elevator lifts the grains to the required height (approximately 15 m)

and then passes the grains on to the Vibrating Screen, Destoner and Magnetic Separator to

remove dust and stones. The cleaned grains are then again conveyed by bucket elevator to an

intermediate hopper, which is provided with rotary air lock system for controlled flow in

Hammer Mill. In Hammer Mill the particle size is reduced to as required by the process.

From hammer mill the flour is pneumatically conveyed to Flour Bin (Intermediate storage for

flour). From the flour bin, the flour is carried to Pre masher unit. In Pre masher flour is mixed

with addition of required quantity of water under agitation.

Slurry preparation/partial liquefaction

Slurry from pre-masher is taken to Slurry preparation tank where slurry is further diluted by

addition of fresh water and recycled streams. Slurry is taken to initial liquefaction tank where

liquefying enzyme is added. This slurry is then “cooked” in the jet cooker. The slurry is

continuously pumped to a steam jet cooker where high-pressure steam rapidly raises the

slurry temperature. The mixture of slurry and steam is then passed through a retention vessel

having sufficient capacity to provide the desired retention time at a given flow rate. The

cooked mash is discharged to a flash tank. The cooking process, accomplished in the above

manner, converts the slurry into a hydrated, sterilized suspension (as starch molecule is

solubilized) and is therefore susceptible to enzyme attack for liquefaction.

Final liquefaction

The gelatinized mash from the flash tank is further liquefied in a final liquefaction tank where

liquefying enzyme is added. Then the liquefied mash is cooled in slurry cooler and

transferred to fermentation section.

Saccharification and instantaneous fermentation

The hydrolyzed starch from the liquefaction step is further treated with enzymes to convert

the material into glucose. This is carried out in the fermenter itself. The fermentation is

instantaneous after formation of glucose.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

5

Stage II: Fermentation

The process followed after liquefaction is same as that is followed in the Molasses route.

Culture yeast is grown in laboratory during plant start-up. Yeast propagation section

comprises of diluter and hygienically engineered yeast vessels equipped with heating, cooling

and air purging facility. Typical fermentation process converts about 90% of the fermentable

sugars to ethanol. Yeasts consume about 5% of the fermentable sugars to produce new cells

and minor products such as glycerol’s, acetic acid, lactic acid, and fusel oils. In this process,

saccharification & fermentation will takes place simultaneously by adding glycol-amylase

enzyme and active yeast.

Yeast will be available in sufficient quantity to initiate fermentation rapidly and complete it

within the cycle time of 54 to 60 hours. Fermentation plant will consist of fermenters tanks

connected in series with all the accessories like Plate Heat Exchangers (PHEs) for cooling,

spargers, broth mixers and air blowers etc. To prepare the mash for fermentation, it will be

diluted with water. The fermenter temperature will be maintained at around 30°C-32°C by

forced recirculation flow through plate heat exchangers. The carbon dioxide evolved during

the process will be scrubbed to prevent ethanol emissions by process water, which will be

taken to beer well.

Stage III: Distillation

Multi-pressure (MPR) distillation schemes with the above systems applied along with various

heat integration methods is used for the optimal economic operation of the plant. Pre-heated

fermented wash will be fed to Degasser column. Fermented wash is stripped off alcohol by

ascending vapors in Analyzer column. Analyzer Condensate is concentrated in Pre-Rectifier

column, which operates under pressure. A Technical Alcohol cut of about 1-2% of total spirit

is taken from the Pre-Rectifier column. Concentrated alcohol drawn from Pre-Rectifier

column is fed to ED column for purification. Dilution water in the ratio of 1:10 is added in

this column for concentrating higher alcohol at the top. Top of this column is condensed in its

condensers and fed to recovery feed tank while bottoms are fed to Rectifier cum Exhaust

Column for concentration. Technical Alcohol cut is taken out from the top of this column

while ENA draw is taken out from appropriate upper trays and fed to Simmering Column

after cooling. Fusel Oil build up is avoided by taking fusel oil draws from appropriate trays.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

6

These fusel oils along with the condensate of Degasifying & Extractive Distillation

columns are fed to recovery column for concentration. A technical alcohol cut is taken out

from the top of this column. Simmering Column is operated under high reflux for better

separation of methanol and di-acetyls. Final ENA product draw is taken from the bottom of

this column. Depending upon the market requirements either ENA is produced or RS which

is subsequently converted to Ethanol.

Decantation & Thin Slops Recycle Section

Decantation section comprises of a Centrifuge Decanter for separation of suspended

solids from Spent Wash coming out of Grain Distillation Plant. Wet cake has upto 30-35 %

w/w solids as removed from bottom of Decanter which is sold directly in wet form as cattle

feed (DWGS).

The process flow diagram is provided below in Fig 2. The distillery layout plan is provided in

Fig 3.

Fig 2 Process Flow diagram

LIQUIFICATION

YEAST WATER

FERMENTATION PROCESS

DISTILLATION PROCESS

BOILER

ASH

Brick manufacturing

units

DECANTATION

WET CAKE DWGS

STEAM

ZLD System

STEAM ENA

96% MSDH Columns

100 % ENA

GRAINS (Raw Material for Alcohol

Production)


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

7

Fig 3 Layout Plan of Distillery


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

8

Molecular Sieve Dehydration (MSDH)

Rectified Spirit containing at least 95% v/v alcohol is pumped from RS collection tank to

dehydration section. Rectified spirit is preheated in Feed pre-heater with the help of product

vapors and then fed to top tray of Evaporator Column. The objective of the Evaporator

Column is to evaporate rectified spirit. Overhead feed alcohol vapors from the Evaporator

Column are then passed through Superheater where alcohol vapors are superheated. Energy

for superheating is supplied by steam condensation on shell side of the Super heater.

Superheated hydrous alcohol vapors are sent to twin Adsorbent Beds.

The product alcohol vapors are then passed through Regeneration Preheater and Feed

Preheater for heat recovery. The Product alcohol vapors are then passed through Product

Condenser where product vapors are condensed with the help of cooling water. Condensed

product alcohol is collected in product receiver. The Product alcohol from Product Receiver

is pumped to Product Cooler where it is cooled with the help of cooling water and then sent

for storage.

PROJECT UTILITIES AND RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS

Raw Material

The distillery will use grains as basic raw material. Besides this, processing chemicals would

be used for the production of Ethanol. The other raw materials will be sourced from local

market. The details of basic raw materials required for the expansion project is given in the

below Table 1

Table 1: Details of Raw material requirement

S.No Description Existing Quantity Proposed Quantity

(After Expansion)

1 Broken Rice 131 MT 219 MT

2 Maize 88 MT 146 MT

Source Broken Rice: AP, TS & Bihar

Maize: AP, TS, Bihar & WB

Fuel Requirement

Coal/Biomass is being used as fuel for the 30 TPH boiler. The fuel requirements after

expansion for 150 KLPD production is as follows

Biomass – 131 MT

Imported Coal – 45 MT

(Source: Krishnapatnam Port)


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

9

Steam Requirement

At present steam requirement for the distillery is being met from 30 TPH boiler with

coal/biomass as fuel and 16 TPH boiler as standby.

Land Requirement

Total land available with the management is 98.04 Acres. The proposed expansion of

production capacity of ENA/Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol@ 99.8% v/v) from 90 KLPD to

150 KLPD is within the existing premises and the proposed MSDH unit is planned to be

established in an area of 0.89 Acres.

Manpower Requirement

The plant will be continuous and automatic in operation, with necessary control

instrumentation. The steam required will be supplied for self-generation. At present 254

people are working in the industry and 50 nos. employment for proposed expansion project.

Water Requirement

The existing plant is utilizing 1395 KLD of fresh water through bore wells from sanampudi

village via tankers. Average fresh water requirement after the proposed expansion will be

1746 KLD. Recently, the industry has established desalination plant of 4 MLD capacity and

source of water will be from own desalination plant.

Power Requirement

Power requirement met from APSPDCL and existing in house power generation from 4.22

MW Turbine. Alternate energy from DG sets of capacity of 1x325 kVA, 1x750 kVA and

1x1010 kVA during emergency.

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The study of the baseline environmental status helps in assessing the existing environmental

conditions and identifying the critical environmental attributes. The study of the physical,

biological and socio-economic environment within a radius of 10 km (study area) from the

plant comprises of the baseline environment. Primary and secondary data were collected for

the EIA study.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

10

Physical Environment

Climate and Meteorology

The climate of the region is governed by its location in the tropics and by the monsoon. The

climate of the southeastern coast of the Bay of Bengal is characterized by the annually

recurring seasonal monsoons. Wind speed is high and found mostly between 0.14 – 13.13

m/sec during the study period. The predominant wind direction is from NE during the study

period.

Air Quality

The ambient air quality representing PM10, PM2.5 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides

(NOx), Carbon Monoxide (CO) was monitored at eight different locations for 24 hours twice

a week from November’20 to January’21. Volatile Organic Carbons (VOCs), Methane (CH4),

non-methane hydrocarbons (NMHCs), Ozone, Ammonia, Lead (Pb), Benzene (C6H6),

Benzo(a)pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni) were monitored for the same period. All the

parameters were found to be below the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS),

2009. The average 24 hourly PM10 at monitoring locations ranged between 32.3-78.0 µg/m3

(NAAQS-100 µg/m3). The average 24 hourly PM2.5 at monitoring locations ranged between

12.0-34.7 µg/m3 (NAAQS-60 µg/m3). The average 24 hourly SO2 at monitoring locations

ranged between 3.4-12.7 µg/m3 (NAAQS-80 µg/m3). The average 24 hourly NOx at

monitoring locations ranged between 6.4-16.3 µg/m3 (NAAQS-80 µg/m3). Lead (Pb),

Benzene (C6H6), Benzo(a)pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), HC (methane and non

methane Hydro Carbon), Volatile Organic Carbon (VOC) are remained below detection limit

(BDL) in the study area.

Noise Quality

The noise quality was monitored for 24 hours at eight locations within the study area. The

ambient noise quality at day and night was in compliance to the Noise Limits set for the

residential area as per Noise Pollution (Control and Regulations), 2000. The daytime noise

level was found in the range between 51.3-69.4 dBA whereas the night time noise level was

found in the range between 43.6-61.5 dBA

Geology

The area in Prakasam district is underlain by diverse type of rock types belonging to Achaean

to recent age. The coastal plains, older coastal plains and flood plains with recent alluvium,


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

11

flood plain deposits and marine sediments forming the land forms in the north, north east,

mid-central and south eastern parts of the district.

Hydrogeology

The hydrogeological studies to understand the local geology, geomorphic features, drainage

network, aquifer characteristics and yield of water. The crystalline aquifer, granite-gneiss,

system occupy major parts of the district. The crystalline aquifer system lacks primary

porosity and the occurrence, movement of ground water in these rock types depend on the

thickness of weathered zone available and degree of fracturing/jointing.

Groundwater Quality

Groundwater was collected and analyzed as per IS: 10500:2012 from eight locations in the

study area. All the parameters analyzed was under the acceptable and permissible limit of IS:

10500:2012. Heavy metals were found to be below detection limit.

Surface Water Quality

Surface water was sampled from four representative locations. The water samples were

analyzed and compared as per IS 2296. The pH of the surface water samples varied from 7.1-

7.3. The DO levels at all the locations exhibited values ranging from 5.6-6.3 mg/l. Chloride

and nitrate content of all collected surface water sample ranges from 48.4-55.1 mg/l and 1.2-

1.5 mg/l respectively. The total coliform count of the surface water samples varied between

640 MPN/100ml to 710 MPN/100ml.

Land Use

The land use of the study area shows that Majority of the study area is occupied by scrub land

10660.47 Ha i.e., approx. 31.09%. Fallow land is 30.23%. Water body is 4296.95 Ha. i.e.

12.53%. Agricultural land is 3927.08 Ha. i.e. 11.45%. Built-up Area (Habitation) occupied

2236.91 Ha (6.52%). Sandy area and Dense Vegetation occupied by 5.83% and 2.34%

respectively.

Soil Quality

The structural and denudational plateaus on proterozoic rocks with pediment and pediplains

occur in the North, South and Central parts of the district. Structured hills, denudational hills

and valleys on sedimentary rocks and colluvial terraces are seen in the North West, Central

and South Western parts of the district. The Dharwar schist, Charnockites and peninsular


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

12

gneisses occur as linear ridges, residual and structural hills and as shallow to moderately

weathered pediplain deposits.

Natural Hazards

The study area lies in Zone III of the Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS) 2000, which might

encounter earthquakes of moderate intensity. All structures in the plant are designed with

appropriate/internationally accepted safety margins. The structural mitigation in earthquake

prone areas includes seismic retrofits of property and the securing of items inside a building

to enhance household seismic safety.

Biological Environment

Baseline Survey and Secondary data received from Forest Department’s Website and other

published and unpublished document regarding ecological habitat and sensitive flora and

fauna in the study area revealed that most of the buffer zone covered with sparse vegetation

like bushes wild Calotropis gigantea, Lantana camara and some Poaceae species and

common trees namely Azadirachta indica, Pongam tree Ponggamia pinnata, Acacia species,

Tamarindus indica, Ziziphus mauritiana, and Prosopis juliflora etc. There are no National

Parks or Wildlife Sanctuaries or Biosphere reserves or important bird areas (IBAs) or

Protected Wetlands within 10 km radius of the project site.

Socioeconomic Environment

The socio-economic baseline has been prepared on the basis of available secondary sources

of information was generated through site observation, Individual Questionnaire Survey

(IQS) and Focused Group Discussions (FGD) with the people living in the villages identified

to be within the study area. In addition to this, Field survey was conducted in the villages

from 45 participants. It has also been undertaken to assess their and awareness and

perceptions about the proposed expansion project. Random interactions were also made with

the local communities, PHC centre, stake holders, and anganwadi workers.

The study area is located in 5 mandals of Singarayakonda, Ulavapadu, Kandukur,

Zarugumilli, 72 villages with 68866 households. The total population in the study area is 2,

66,709 with male 133273 and female 1,33,436. Children (0-6 Years age) in the area are

27,237. The total literates and illiterates are 148037 and 118670.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

13

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The potential impacts of the project on different components of the environment was

systematically identified and evaluated for significance. The principal concerns that emerged

are:

Impact on Air Quality

The potential sources of air emissions from the plant is as follows:

Utility emissions from Boiler and DG sets

Fugitive emissions from handling and operation

The existing 30 TPH biomass/coal boiler provided with Electrostatic Precipitator will be used

for the expansion project and 16 TPH (standby) boiler is provided with Bag Filter. The DG

sets are provided with adequate stack height as per the norms and are being used during

power failure only.

Mitigation measures

DG set with appropriate stack height provided;

Periodic sprinkling of water on roads to be done to prevent dust carry off during

vehicle movements;

All the vehicles should be PUC certified;

Proper handling and storage of chemicals, product, fuel and raw material to minimize

the chances of any dust or fugitive emissions.

Impact on Noise Quality

The general noise levels due to construction activities such as working of construction

machineries, transportation vehicles may go sometime up to 85-90 dB (A) at the work sites.

Generation of noise during movement of vehicles carrying materials and loading & unloading

activities. The existing boiler and DG sets will be utilized for the proposed expansion project.

Source of noise will be operation of DG sets during power failure for which acoustic

enclosure is provided.

Mitigation measures

Adequate greenbelt developed in and around the project area as an efficient barrier for

prevention of noise propagation outside the project premises.

Acoustic enclosures provided for the existing DG sets


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

14

Impact on Land Environment

The proposed expansion of production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD grain-based

distillery is within the existing premises. The total land available for the distillery is 98.04

Acres and is under the possession of the management. However, to produce Anhydrous

Alcohol @ 99.8% v/v from Rectified Spirit @ 95% v/v for blending with Motor Spirit, it is

proposed to set up Molecular Sieve Dehydration (MSDH) plant within the existing premises.

The MSDH plant includes installation of evaporator columns, allied facilities and final

product storage tanks.

Mitigation measures

To provide designated storage area with necessary impervious lining and other

structural measures required for prevention of contamination of land due to

mixing of construction materials

Boiler ash sold to brick manufacturing units.

A record with respect to quantity, quality and treatment / management of solid /

hazardous waste shall be maintained

Impact on Water Environment

The total water requirement for the distillery after expansion will be 1746 KLD. The source

of water is from through bore wells from sanampudi village. Recently, the industry has

established its own desalination plant of 4 MLD capacity which is about 7.5 km from the

distillery and the water requirement will be met from the desalination plant. The effluent

generated from the ENA/Grain Alcohol production process is segregated as process effluent

(spent wash and spent lees) and effluent from utilities like Boiler, Cooling Tower, vacuum

pump, washings. The company adopted Zero Liquid Discharge scheme. The domestic

wastewater is treated in the sewage treatment plant of capacity 50 KLD and the treated water

is being used for gardening purpose.

Mitigation measures

The industry adopted ZLD to treat the various streams of effluents from the process

and washings

Domestic wastewater is treated in Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and reused for

landscaping

Rainwater storage pond existing within the site premises to utilize the run-off water


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

15

Impact on Biological Environment

As noticed during study and topo-sheet map, the project site is far away from the ecologically

potential area. Hence, issue of impacts on ecology during construction of the expansion

project is not envisaged. As the closed tankers and covered trucks will be used for the

transportation of raw material and finished product, there will not be any fugitive emission.

The treated non-process effluent will be utilized for dust suppression, ash conditioning and

for on land irrigation after ensuring compliance with CPCB / SPCB norms.

Impact on Traffic and Transportation

The project site is adjacent to the NH-16 and at present approx... 27 nos. of vehicles are

plying to and from the distillery for transportation of raw materials, fuel and products. The

present road condition is good and the alcohol is being transported in tankers hence there will

not be any fugitive dust during transportation.

Impact on Socio economic Environment

Impacts on social environment during operation phase may occur mainly because of the

pollution potentials of the project, hazardous material handling & storage, hazards associated

with hazardous chemical & operations of the project, noise generation, and traffic load on

local approach road. Noise generation from the utilities and other machineries will be

manageable efficiently by provision of noise reduction techniques & technologies.

CSR activities will be prioritized on local needs, which focus on Health, Education, Social

Mobilization, Infrastructure Development, and Water Harvesting Schemes and to support

Agriculture activities. The production of alcohol will generate large amount of revenue by

way of excise duties levied on the local government.

Quantitative Risk Assessment

The quantitative risk assessment was conducted to provide a systematic analysis of the major

risks associated with the handling and operation of distillery plant. Product spills and process

leaks constitute the major potential hazards of distillery unit.

Risk mitigation measures

Proper safety equipment should be used & back up of firefighting/rescuing team to be

provided.

Other protective gadgets like gloves, DCP, CO2 Extinguishers should be made

available.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

16

Electrical fittings of good quality and complying with national or international

standards to be used

Adequate training on the storage and handling of the chemicals to the operators and

workers.

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND MONITORING PLAN

A full-fledged EHS and OHS team is existing in the plant with multidisciplinary team of

professionals, technical staffs and all necessary infrastructures; and Director Operations head

the team. This team is also responsible for all environment management activities including

environmental monitoring, greenbelt development, ensuring good housekeeping, ensuring

statutory compliance as well as creating environmentally aware work forces in the plant

including the proposed expansion project. Compliance to statutory provisions, norms of State

Pollution Control Board, Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC)

the conditions of the environmental clearance as well as the consents to establish and

consents to operate.

A comprehensive environmental monitoring plan has been developed for the project.

Monitoring of ambient air quality, noise levels, soil and groundwater quality to be carried out

by MoEF&CC/NABL/SPCB recognized laboratories during the operation phase.

Proposed CSR Strategy

The management will fulfill Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) requirement as per the

guidelines.

PROJECT COST

The project cost for the proposed MSDH unit within the plant premises and production of

Ethanol/ENA of capacity 150 KLPD is 12.6 crores.

CHAPTER – I

INTRODUCTION


CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1 - 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

India, the fourth largest economy in the world, has been maintaining a GDP growth

rate of around 7 %. Analysts have projected that India has the potential to increase the

present rate of growth with labour and capital productivity improvements. Industrial

development plays an essential supportive role in improving labour and capital

productivity. Investment in industrial sector is also an indicator of economic growth

in all market economies.

The Rectified Spirit / Alcohol is the basic raw material for the utilization in liquor

industry, chemical industries and for blending in gasoline as fuel. Keeping in view of

the demand and supply gap of ethanol for industrial use and for gasoline blending,

M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited is now proposing to expand its existing grain-based

distillery capacity from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD along with CO2 generation of 35 TPD

within existing plant premises at Sy. No: 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2, 54,

55/1 & 2, 56 etc., Plot No. 791, Old Singarayakonda Village, Prakasam District,

Andhra Pradesh.

Keeping in line with the requirements of Ministry of Environment , Forest & Climate

change (MoEF&CC), Government of India notification dated 14th September, 2006,

M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited has retained M/s. SV Enviro Labs & Consultants,

Visakhapatnam (NABET Accredited Consultant) for the environmental clearance of

their proposed capacity expansion of the grain based distillery including conduction

of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study as per the Terms of Reference

approved by the SEIAA, Andhra Pradesh.

1.2 PURPOSE OF THE PROJECT

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is one of the important tools to understand

and then to take corrective measures to undo undesirable impacts on the environment.

As per the EIA Notification of MoEF dated 14th September 2006 and S.O. 1960 (E) of

MoEF&CC dated 13th June 2019, the project requires prior Environmental Clearance

from SEIAA/SEAC based on EIA study under 5(g), Category B Non-molasses based

distilleries ≤ 200 KLD of production capacity.

Therefore, the project attracts the provisions of Environmental Clearance from State

Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA). The Terms of Reference


CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1 - 2

(ToR) was approved by SEIAA, Andhra Pradesh vide No. AP PKM IND 04 2020

1794 dated: 06.05.2020 and the report has been prepared as per the approved Terms

of Reference by SEIAA Andhra Pradesh attached as Annexure-I.

1.3 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited is located at Sy. No: 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2,

54, 55/1 & 2, 56 etc., Plot No. 791, Old Singarayakonda Village, Singarayakonda

Mandal in Prakasam district of Andhra Pradesh. The industry is having valid

Environmental Clearance (EC) vide File No: J-11012/13/98-IA-II(I) dated 19th July

2007 for 90 KLPD Distillery unit (45 KLPD based on molasses and 45 KLPD based

on molasses/grain).

The industry obtained EC amendment to add grain based to existing 45 KLPD

molasses based distillery and 25 TPD of CO2 plant vide F.No: J-11011/152/2015-IA

II (I) Dt: 28.12.2015. For the same obtained CFE vide order no:

39/APPCB/CFE/RONLR/HO/2016 Dt: 20.09.2016 and CFO order vide order no:


Now, the management proposed for capacity expansion from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD

Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8% v/v)/ENA/Indian Made Foreign Liquor Grain

based i.e. expansion quantity of 60 KLPD and 35 TPD of CO2 plant within the

existing premises.

Name and contact details for the proposed expansion of production capacity from 90

KLPD to 150 KLPD grain-based distillery:

Designation : Unit Head

Name : Shri. K. Sreedhar

Contact Number : 9148969312

Email : [email protected]

Correspondence Address : M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited

Old Singarayakonda

Singarayakonda Mandal

Prakasam – 523101

Andhra Pradesh, India


CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1 - 3

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

1.4.1 Nature of the Project

M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited has existing grain-based distillery of capacity 90 KLPD.



based distillery along with 35 TPD of CO2 plant within the existing premises.

1.4.2 Size of the Project

The company proposed to expand the production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150

KLPD Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8% v/v)/ENA/Indian Made Foreign Liquor

Grain based distillery along with 35 TPD of CO2 plant within the existing premises.

The existing Plant & Machinery is sufficient to handle grain based to manufacture all

or any of the three finished products RS/ENA/Ethanol. However, to produce

Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8% v/v from Rectified Spirit @ 95% v/v for blending with

Motor Spirit, it is proposed to set up Molecular Sieve Dehydration (MSDH) plant

within the existing premises. The production capacity of Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol

@ 99.8% v/v)/ENA/Indian Made Foreign Liquor Grain based distillery would be 150

KLPD at any point of time.

Present capacity:





1) Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8% v/v)/ENA (Grain based) – 60 KLPD


3) Wet cake: 90 TPD

1.4.3 Location of the Project

The project site is situated in Latitude - 15°12’57.80”N and Longitude - 80°0’58.0”E

at Sy. No: 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2, 54, 55/1 & 2, 56 etc., Plot No. 791, Old

Singarayakonda Village, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh. The Environmental

Settings of project site provided in Table 1.1


CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1 - 4

Table 1.1 Details Environmental Settings of project site

Name of the Project Expansion of production capacity from 90 KLPD to

150 KLPD Ethanol (AA@ 99.8% v/v)/ENA/Indian

Made Foreign Liquor Grain based distillery

Site Location M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited, Old Singarayakonda

Latitude 15°12’57.80”N

Longitude 80°0’58.0”E

Nearest Highway NH-16 adjacent in east direction

Nearest Habitation Singarayakonda at 1.5 km from the project site

Nearest Airport Vijayawada Airport at 167.18 km from the project site

Nearest Railway station Singarayakonda Railway Station at 4.02 km from the

project site

Nearest Water Bodies Manneru River adjacent to project site

Bay of Bengal at 7.52 km from project site

Nearest Reserve Forests None within 10 km radius from the project site

Nearest National Park/Wild

life sanctuary

None within 10 km radius from the project site

Critically polluted areas as

per MoEF notification

None within 10 km radius from the project site

Ecologically Sensitive areas None within 10 km radius from the project site

Defence Installations None within 10 km radius from the project site

1.5 IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT TO COUNTRY AND REGION

In Indian economy (which is agro based) where many industries are dependent over

agricultural produce for production of luxury and need based commodities, alcohol has

assumed a very important place. It has been a source of revenue by way of excise duty

levied by the State Government on alcohol liquors. It has a potential as fuel in the form

of power alcohol for blending with petrol.

The distillery industry today consists broadly of two parts like IMFL (Indian-made

foreign liquor), imported liquor, beer and country-made liquor, which is brimming with

growth. Challenges like the restrictive policies of states with regard to movement,

production, pricing, etc., increase in raw material prices and impositions applied on

advertising pose huge challenges for the industry. In addition, changing consumer

preference towards premium varieties of IMFL is likely to result in sales-mix gradually

improve in favor of premium brands.


CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1 - 5

The need of MS blended with Ethanol is increasing day by day for the petroleum

industries. There are very few distilleries present in and around Andhra Pradesh, which

produces Ethanol and supplying to the petroleum industries for blending. Blending of

ethanol with Motor Spirit (MS) thereby bringing it under the category of bio fuels and

saving the fuel imports, which is implemented by Ministry of Oil Marketing

Companies. So in order to meet the demand of Ethanol and growing need the industry

proposes to expand the capacity of Ethanol Production.

1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The scope of the Environmental Impact Assessment study considers the impact due to

the production enhancement of grain based distillery on physical, biological and

socioeconomic environment of the surrounding areas. The scope of the EIA study

includes the following:

To establish the prevailing environmental and socio-economic condition of the

study area;

To assess environmental and socioeconomic impacts arising out of the proposed

activities;

To recommend appropriate preventive and mitigation measures to eliminate or

minimize pollution;

To identify and propose management plans in terms of good practices that may

help in abating environmental or socio-economic impacts due to the proposed

expansion;

To prepare a Risk Assessment Report and Disaster Management Plan (DMP)

based on Risk Assessment/studies.

Environmental baseline monitoring has been carried out during November’ 2020 to

January’ 2021 and used to identify potential significant impacts.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS IN THE STUDY AREA

Collection of baseline data is an integral aspect of the preparation of Environmental

Impact Assessment report. Baseline data reflects the present scenario of Environment

before the initiation of any activity of a project. The possible effects due to the

proposed expansion project are estimated and superimposed on the compiled baseline

data subsequently to asses the Environmental impacts.


CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1 - 6

Pre project environment assessment was conducted in the study area during

November’ 2020 to January’ 2021. Studies were under taken to generate baseline data

of the following:-

1. GEOLOGY

2. HYDROGEOLOGY

3. METEOROLOGY

4. AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

5. WATER QUALITY – GROUND, SURFACE & MARINE WATER

6. AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY

7. SOIL QUALITY

8. ECOLOGY (TERRESTRIAL & MARINE)

9. LAND USE / LAND COVER

10. SOCIO – ECONOMIC STATUS

1.8 APPLICABLE LEGISLATIVE & REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The environmental regulations, legislations and policy guidelines that may impact the

project are the responsibility of a variety of Government agencies. The principal

environmental regulatory agency in India is the Ministry of Environment and Forests

& Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Delhi. MoEF&CC formulates environmental

policies and also accords environmental clearance for different projects.

Many State and Central legislations have a bearing on environment but laws on

environment protection have been notified recently. These legal enactments can be

broadly classified in the terms of focus areas, viz. pollution, natural resources and

linkages between pollution and natural resources. The following are the important

applicable environmental legislations related to the project:

1. Environemntal (Protection) Act, 1986 and its amendments

2. EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments

3. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and its amendments

4. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and its amendments

5. The Noise Pollution (Regulation and control) rules, 2000

6. Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary movement)

Rules, 2016 and its amendments

7. Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016


CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1 - 7

1.9 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF EIA DOCUMENT

In terms of the EIA notification of the MoEF dated 14th September 2006 and its

subsequent amendments, the generic structure of the EIA document should be as

under:

Executive Summary: Given in the beginning of the report

Chapter – I: Introduction

The chapter gives an overview of the nature, size and location of the project, objective

and purpose of the report, importance of the project to country and region, scope and

methodology adopted for EIA study.

Chapter – II: Project Description

The chapter narrates the project background, Key findings of the project, size or

magnitude of the operation, location of the project, project description, General

arrangement, utilities, resource requirements and associated facilities, project

schedule and cost estimate.

Chapter – III: Description of Environment

The Chapter covers identification of the study area and baseline study of the physico-

chemical and biological environmental condition of the study area. The rationale is to

evaluate the key environmental parameters of the project area before its actual

implementation. The planning of baseline survey emanated from short listing of

impacts assessed during identification. The baseline study involved both review of

secondary data and generation of primary data through field studies.

Chapter – IV: Anticipated Environmental Impact Assessment & Mitigation

Measures

The chapter assesses the anticipated impacts (positive and negative) arising during

various phases of the project. Prediction is essentially a process to forecast the future

environmental conditions of the project area that may occur as a result of the proposed

project activities. An attempt has been made to predict future environmental

conditions quantitatively on the present and possible scenario. Based on the

anticipated impacts, the mitigation measures have been suggested.


CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1 - 8

Chapter – V: Analysis of alternatives (Technology and site)

The chapter provides the alternate location and technology analyzed for various

parameters in the expansion project.

Chapter – VI: Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Monitoring Programme to ensure effectiveness of the environmental

management plan during various phases of project advancement and health, safety and

environmental management cell is briefed in this Chapter.

Chapter – VII: Additional Studies

The Chapter depicts the Public Hearing outcomes and identifies the risks associated

with the project and Disaster Management Plan to be implemented in the event of an

emergency.

Chapter – VIII: Project Benefits

The Chapter discusses the overall benefits which will accrue after implementation of

the project to cover revenue earning of central and state government, social services,

employment generation and overall economic development.

Chapter – IX: Environmental Management Plan

The Chapter details the Environment Management Plan (EMP) to maximize the

positive environmental impacts and to minimize the negative ones.

Chapter – X: Summary & Conclusion

Chapter – XI: Disclosure of Consultants engaged

CHAPTER – II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 1

2.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND






on molasses/grain).

The industry obtained EC amendment to add grain based to existing 45 KLPD

molasses based distillery and 25TPD of CO2 plant vide F.No: J-11011/152/2015-IA II

(I) Dt: 28.12.2015. For the same obtained CFE vide order no:





based i.e. expansion quantity of 60 KLPD and 35 TPD of CO2 plant within the

existing premises.

2.2 TYPE OF PROJECT

M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited has existing grain-based distillery of capacity 90 KLPD.


Ethanol (AA @ 99.8% v/v)/ENA/Indian Made Foreign Liquor Grain based distillery

along with 35 TPD of CO2 plant within the existing premises. Total 98.04 Acres of

land is already under the possession of the management.

2.3 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Need for the proposed expansion is based on the demand and supply gap in the

current market. With increasing utilization of potable Alcohol in India and across

India and to carter the requirement of the entire product, it is essential to enhance the

production capacity within the existing manufacturing unit.

Alcohol has assumed a very important place in the economy of the country. It is used

as a raw material for number of chemicals, as a potential fuel in the form of Ethanol

blended with petrol and as an ingredient in Alcoholic Beverages. Use of alcohol as a

main ingredient in beverages is well known. Further, it is a major source of revenue


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 2

by way of excise duty to the State Governments. The importance and utility of alcohol

as an industrial raw material for manufacture of variety of chemicals is now being

increasingly appreciated all over the world. This is partly due to the escalating costs of

these chemicals produced through petrochemical route and abnormal increase in crude

oil prices.

The need of MS blended with Ethanol is increasing day by day for the petroleum

industries. There are very few distilleries present in and around Andhra Pradesh,

which produces Ethanol and supplying to the petroleum industries for blending.

Blending of ethanol with petrol Motor Spirit (MS) thereby bringing it under the

category of bio fuels and saving the fuel imports, which is implemented by Ministry

of Oil Marketing Companies. So in order to meet the demand of Ethanol and growing

need the industry proposes to expand the capacity of Ethanol Production.

2.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The project site is located at Sy. No: 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2, 54, 55/1 & 2,

56 etc., Plot No. 791, Old Singarayakonda Village, Prakasam District, Andhra

Pradesh.

Latitude: 15°12’57.80”N


The nearest highway NH-16 is adjacent to the plant towards east and the nearest

railway station is Singarayakonda Railway station is 4.02 km from the plant. The

location map and satellite imagery is shown in Fig 2.1 and 2.2 respectively. The

topomap around 10 km radius is shown in Fig 2.3 below.


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 3

Fig 2.1 Location Map of the project site


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 4

Fig 2.2 Satellite Imagery of project site


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 5

Fig 2.3 Topo map around 10 km radius


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 6

2.4.1 DETAILS OF LAND


production capacity of ENA/Ethanol (AA @ 99.8% v/v) from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD

is within the existing premises and existing plant and machinery is sufficient to handle

the proposed capacity enhancement of grain-based distillery. However, to produce



within the existing premises. The following is the land use statement

Table 2.1 Land allocation details

Item Land in Acres

Existing Built-up area 14.98

Roads & other infrastructure 8.5

Green belt 35.0

Proposed MSDH unit 0.89

Open space 38.67

Total 98.04

2.5 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

The company has proposed to expand the production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150

KLPD Ethanol (AA @ 99.8% v/v)/ENA/Indian Made Foreign Liquor Grain based

distillery along with 35 TPD of CO2 plant within the existing premises.

Present capacity:





1) Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8% v/v)/ENA (Grain based) – 60 KLPD


3) Wet cake: 90 TPD

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The proposed expansion project will be implemented within 6 months from the date

of issue of Environmental Clearance by the Hon`ble Ministry of Environment &

Forests & Consent for Establishment by SPCB.


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 7

2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.7.1 DISTILLERY (GRAIN-BASED)

Stage I: Preparation of feed for fermentation

Grain handling and milling

Grains are stored in the Silos & from there they are conveyed through Screw

Conveyor to Bucket Elevator. Bucket Elevator lifts the grains to the required height

(approximately 15 m) and then passes the grains on to the Vibrating Screen, Destoner

and Magnetic Separator to remove dust and stones. The flow through these

equipments is under gravity.

The cleaned grains are then again conveyed by bucket elevator to an intermediate

hopper, which is provided with rotary air lock system for controlled flow in Hammer

Mill. In Hammer Mill the particle size is reduced to as required by the process. From

hammer mill the flour is pneumatically conveyed to Flour Bin (Intermediate storage

for flour). From the flour bin, the flour is carried to Pre masher unit. In Pre masher

flour is mixed with addition of required quantity of water under agitation.

Slurry preparation/partial liquefaction

Slurry from pre-masher is taken to Slurry preparation tank where slurry is further

diluted by addition of fresh water and recycled streams. Slurry is taken to initial

liquefaction tank where liquefying enzyme is added. This slurry is then “cooked” in

the jet cooker. The slurry is continuously pumped to a steam jet cooker where high-

pressure steam rapidly raises the slurry temperature. The mixture of slurry and steam

is then passed through a retention vessel having sufficient capacity to provide the

desired retention time at a given flow rate. The cooked mash is discharged to a flash

tank. The cooking process, accomplished in the above manner, converts the slurry

into a hydrated, sterilized suspension (as starch molecule is solubilized) and is

therefore susceptible to enzyme attack for liquefaction.

Final liquefaction:

The gelatinized mash from the flash tank is further liquefied in a final liquefaction

tank where liquefying enzyme is added. Then the liquefied mash is cooled in slurry

cooler and transferred to fermentation section.


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 8

Saccharification and instantaneous fermentation:

The hydrolyzed starch from the liquefaction step is further treated with enzymes to

convert the material into glucose. This is carried out in the fermenter itself. The

fermentation is instantaneous after formation of glucose.

Stage II: Fermentation

The process followed after liquefaction is same as that is followed in the Molasses

route. Culture yeast is grown in laboratory during plant start-up. Yeast propagation

section comprises of diluter and hygienically engineered yeast vessels equipped with

heating, cooling and air purging facility. Typical fermentation process converts about

90% of the fermentable sugars to ethanol. Yeasts consume about 5% of the

fermentable sugars to produce new cells and minor products such as glycerol’s, acetic

acid, lactic acid, and fusel oils. In proposed process, saccharification & fermentation

will takes place simultaneously by adding glycol-amylase enzyme and active yeast.

Amyloglucozydase and other nutrient enzymes will be added first to saccharify the

Starch slurry causing formation of sugars. Immediately, the active yeast will be

introduced in the system for simultaneous fermentation. The fermentation process will

employ a special yeast culture, which will be able to withstand variations in the

quality, temperature and other shock loads. Yeast will be available in sufficient

quantity to initiate fermentation rapidly and complete it within the cycle time of 54 to

60 hours. Fermentation plant will consist of fermenters tanks connected in series with

all the accessories like Plate Heat Exchangers (PHEs) for cooling, spargers, broth

mixers and air blowers etc. To prepare the mash for fermentation, it will be diluted

with water. The pH of the mash may be adjusted by the addition of acid. The

fermenter temperature will be maintained at around 30°C-32°C by forced

recirculation flow through plate heat exchangers. The recirculating pumps will also

serve to empty the fermenters into Beer Well. The carbon dioxide evolved during the

process will be scrubbed to prevent ethanol emissions by process water, which will be

taken to beer well.

Stage III: Distillation

Multi-pressure (MPR) distillation schemes with the above systems applied along with

various heat integration methods is used for the optimal economic operation of the

plant. Multi-Pressure Distillation system chosen has seven distillation columns


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 9

operating at various pressure conditions. Heat energy from columns operating under

high pressure is utilized for columns operating under low pressure to optimize the

operation for proper energy consumption.

Pre-heated fermented wash will be fed to Degasser column. Fermented wash is

stripped off alcohol by ascending vapors in Analyzer column. Rectifier vapors

provide energy to Analyzer column through a Thermosyphon reboiler. Vapors of

Degasser column are condensed and taken to Recovery Feed Tank. The condensed

Analyzer vapors are taken to Pre-Rectifier Column. Analyzer Condensate is

concentrated in Pre-Rectifier column, which operates under pressure. Condensing

steam provides energy to prerectifier column through a vertical Thermosyphon

reboiler. A Technical Alcohol cut of about 1-2% of total spirit is taken from the Pre-

Rectifier column.

Concentrated alcohol draw from Pre-Rectifier column is fed to ED column for

purification. Dilution water in the ratio of 1:10 is added in this column for

concentrating higher alcohol at the top. Top of this column is condensed in its

condensers and fed to recovery feed tank while bottoms are fed to Rectifier cum

Exhaust Column for concentration. Rectifier Column operates under pressure and

condensing steam provides energy to this column through a vertical Thermosyphon

reboiler. Technical Alcohol cut is taken out from the top of this column while ENA

draw is taken out from appropriate upper trays and fed to Simmering Column after

cooling. Fusel oil build up is avoided by taking fusel oil draws from appropriate trays.

These fusel oils along with the condensate of Degasifying & Extractive Distillation

columns are fed to recovery column for concentration. A technical alcohol cut is taken

out from the top of this column. Simmering Column is operated under high reflux for

better separation of methanol and di-acetyls. Final ENA product draw is taken from

the bottom of this column. Depending upon the market requirements either ENA is

produced or RS which is subsequently converted to Ethanol. However, to produce



within the existing premises. The production capacity of Ethanol (AA @ 99.8 %

v/v)/ENA/Indian Made Foreign Liquor Grain based distillery would be 150 KLPD at

any point of time.


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 10

Decantation & Thin Slops Recycle Section

Decantation section comprises of a Centrifuge Decanter for separation of suspended

solids from Spent Wash coming out of Grain Distillation Plant. Wet cake has upto

30-35 % w/w solids as removed from bottom of Decanter which is sold directly in wet

form as cattle feed (DWGS).

Thin slops coming out of Decanter are collected in a tank and partly recycled into the

process & further for Evaporation for concentration upto 30-35% w/w solids. The

concentrated thin slops called as Syrup is mixed with Wet cake and sold in wet form

as cattle feed (DWGS).

Product Storage

Spirit storage would be divided into two sections. One would be daily spirit receiver

section and the other would be bulk storage section. The spirit coming out of

distillation would be transferred to daily spirit receivers (separated for

Ethanol/RS/ENA). Subsequently, after gauging, the spirit would be transferred to

respective bulk storage tanks.

The process flow diagram is provided below in Fig 2.4. The overall site plan fans

distillery layout plan is provided in Fig 2.5 and Fig 2.6 respectively.


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 11

Fig 2.4 Process Flow diagram

LIQUIFICATION

YEAST WATER

FERMENTATION PROCESS

DISTILLATION PROCESS

BOILER

ASH

Brick manufacturing

units

DECANTATION

WET CAKE DWGS

STEAM

ZLD System

STEAM ENA

96% MSDH Columns

100 % ENA

GRAINS (Raw Material for Alcohol

Production)


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 12

Fig 2.5 Overall Site Plan of the Distillery


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 13

Fig 2.6 Layout Plan of Distillery


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 14

2.7.2 Molecular Sieve Dehydration (MSDH)

Rectified Spirit containing at least 95% v/v alcohol is pumped from RS collection

tank to dehydration section. Rectified spirit is preheated in Feed pre-heater with the

help of product vapors and then fed to top tray of Evaporator Column. The objective

of the Evaporator Column is to evaporate rectified spirit. The Evaporator Column

operates under pressure. Energy is supplied to the Evaporator Column through

Evaporator Column Reboiler with steam condensing on shell side. The steam

condensate is collected in Steam condensate tank.

Overhead feed alcohol vapors from the Evaporator Column are then passed through

Superheater where alcohol vapors are superheated. Energy for superheating is

supplied by steam condensation on shell side of the Super heater. Superheated

hydrous alcohol vapors are sent to twin Adsorbent Beds. The twin Adsorbent

Beds operate in cyclic manner. Twin beds are provided to allow for bead regeneration

in continuous operation. While one bed is in dehydration mode, the other is in

regeneration mode. The feed alcohol vapors are passed through the bed under

dehydration mode. The Adsorbent Bed will absorb moisture present in feed vapors

and dehydrated product alcohol vapors are obtained from bottom of the bed. The

product alcohol vapors are then passed through Regeneration Preheater and Feed

Preheater for heat recovery. The Product alcohol vapors are then passed through

Product Condenser where product vapors are condensed with the help of cooling

water. Condensed product alcohol is collected in product receiver. The Product

alcohol from Product Receiver is pumped to Product Cooler where it is cooled with

the help of cooling water and then sent for storage.

During regeneration mode, vacuum is applied to the bed under regeneration. These

alcohol-water vapors (regeneration stream) are condensed in Regeneration Condenser,

which is attached to Vacuum Eductor. The regeneration stream coming from the

Regeneration Condenser is pumped, preheated in Regeneration Preheater and fed to

the Evaporator Column for recovery of alcohol. Moisture present in feed alcohol is

removed from the bottom of the Evaporator Column in the form of spent lees. After

one cycle is over, the beds are interchanged, that is, the bed on dehydration mode will

be switch over to regeneration mode and the bed on regeneration mode will be switch

over to dehydration mode, with the help of automation system.


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 15

The process mass balance is provided in Table 2.2

Table 2.2 Process Mass balance

Input Quantity in

Tonnes/Day

Output Quantity in

Tonnes/Day

Grain flour 350 Grain Spirit 150

Alpha amylase 0.090 Process condensate

(wastewater) after

decantation

500

Amyloglucosidase 0.192 Spent lees 700

Nuetrase and

Viscozyme

NA Distiller’s grain

(62% moisture)

210

Sodium Hydroxide 0.14 Wastewater thin slops

for re-circulation

150

Ammonium sulphate NA Water evaporation

losses

93.18

Antifoam agent NA CO2 50

Fresh water 950

Recirculated water 551

Urea 1.4

DAP NA

Turkey red oil NA

Total 1853.18 Total 1853.18

2.8 UTILITIES AND RESOURCES REQUIREMENT

2.8.1 Raw Material

The distillery will use grains as basic raw material. Besides this, processing

chemicals would be used for the production of Ethanol. The other raw materials will

be sourced from local market. The details of basic raw materials required for the

expansion project is given in the below Table 2.3

Table 2.3 Details of Raw material requirement


(After Expansion)






CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 16

2.8.2 Fuel Requirement



Biomass – 131 MT



2.8.3 Steam Requirement

At present steam requirement for the distillery is being met from 30 TPH boiler with

coal/biomass as fuels and 16 TPH boiler as standby. The steam generated from the

boiler is used as follows:

Section Steam Requirement (in TPH)

Distillation-1 11.25

Distillation-2 11

Deaerator 1.5

MSDH Columns 3.4

Total 27.15

2.8.4 Land Requirement


production capacity of ENA/Ethanol (AA @ 99.8% v/v) from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD

is within the existing premises. The proposed MSDH unit is planned to be established

in an area of 0.89 Acres within the premises.

2.8.5 Manpower Requirement

The plant will be continuous and automatic in operation, with necessary control

instrumentation. The steam required will be supplied for self-generation. At present

254 people are working in the industry and 50 nos. employment for proposed

expansion project.

2.8.6 Water Requirement

The distillation industry is a water demanding industry and discharges considerable

amount of effluent. However, in Grain Based Distilleries, most of the effluent

quantities comprises of organic compound including fibers & proteins etc., which will

be separated by concentrating it in Multi-Effect Evaporators (MEE). The fibers &


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 17

solids thus separated will be utilized as cattle feed due to their rich fiber & protein

content.

The existing plant is utilizing 1395 KLD of fresh water through bore wells from

sanampudi village via tankers. Average fresh water requirement after the proposed

expansion will be 1746 KLD. Recently, the industry has established desalination plant

of 4 MLD capacity and source of water will be from own desalination plant. The

detailed water requirement for the existing and proposed expansion is given below in

Table 2.4

Table 2.4 Water Requirement for the project

FRESH WATER REQUIRMENT

SNO PURPOSE QUANTITY (KLD)

Existing

(90 KLPD Plant) After Expansion

(150 KLPD Plant)

1 PROCESS 544 950

2 WASHINGS 70 90

3 BOILER FEED 80 120

4 INDUSTRIAL COOLING (MAKE UP) 340 220

5 IMFL BLENDING & BOTTLING 246 246

6 WTP DM PLANT BACKWASH 95 95

7 DOMESTIC 20 25 TOTAL 1395 1746

2.8.7 Power Requirement

Power requirement met from APSPDCL and existing in house power generation from

4.22 MW Turbine. Alternate energy from DG sets of capacity of 1x325 kVA, 1x750

kVA and 1x1010 kVA during emergency.

2.9 POLLUTION SOURCE AND CONTROL MEASURES

The pollution creating aspects for the project will be wastewater generation, air

emissions, noise generation and solid/ hazardous waste generation, storage and

handling of chemicals/ raw material/ product. The source of pollution and its

mitigation measures are given below in subsequent section.


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 18

2.9.1 Water Pollution

The effluent generated from the ENA/ Grain Alcohol production process will be

segregated as process effluent (spent wash and spent lees) and effluent from utilities

like Boiler, Cooling Tower, vacuum pump, washings. The company adopted Zero

Liquid Discharge scheme. The condensates from evaporation will be recycled and

reused in Process & Make up water streams.

The industry’s overall boiler feed water requirement after expansion will be about

120 m3/day. Boiler water requirement will be met through fresh treated water. The

maximum DM water required would be 95 m3/day. The blowdown, contributing to

wastewater generation will be about 18 m3/day. Cooling tower make-up requirements

would be partially met with MEE condensate and Spent lees, after its treatment in

CPU. Thus, fresh make-up water requirement for cooling towers would be

220 m3/day. The wash water requirement (for washing of fermenters and floor) will

be about 90 m3/day.

The distillery effluent (spent lees) is sent to the decanter, where the solid waste

DWGS is separated and liquid waste will go to the Multi-effect evaporator (2x500

KLD). In the Multi-effect evaporator it will be concentrated upto 30-35% solids and

the concentrated solids are mixed with the Distillers Wet Grain Soluble (DWGS)

which will be sold as cattle feed. The process condensate from the evaporator, cooling

tower and boiler blow downs will be sent to Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) unit

consisting of Equalization tank, aeration tank, clarifier and dual media filter and RO

for treatment. The RO permeate is reused for cooling tower make up purpose and RO

rejects sent to MEE.

Condensate Polishing Unit

The condensate from the process will be treated and reused back in to the alcohol

manufacturing process as process water or cooling water make-up thereby reducing

the requirement of fresh water. The process condensate will be collected in the

collection tank. Caustic will be added for neutralization. Continuous mixing with the

help of agitator is provided in the tank. The neutralized condensate passes through

micron cartridge filter for the removal of residual suspended solids. The filtrate will

be collected in the treated water tank to be reused in process. Blow down from Boiler

and Cooling Tower which contains only dissolved solids as major pollutants due to


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 19

repeated circulation of water and washing will be reused for greenbelt development

after necessary physical treatment e.g. settling, cooling etc.

Fig 2.7 Condensate Polishing Unit Flow Diagram

HOLDING TANK Capacity: 6300 cubic meter

EQUALIZATION TANK capacity: 1850 cubic meter

AREATION TANK Capacity: 1650 cubic meter

CLARIFIER TANK-I capacity: 200 cubic meter

CLARIFIER TANK-II capacity: 700 cubic

meter

D.M.F

A.C.F

SLUDGE COLLECTION

BACKWASH

COOLING TOWER WATER STORAGE

SUMP

LAMELLA TANK

Storage tank capacity: 200 cubic meter

Softener


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 20

The domestic wastewater will be treated in the sewage treatment plant of capacity 50

KLD. The treated STP water will be used for gardening purpose. Details of different

streams of effluents generation and potential for recycling of treated effluent are given

in Table 2.5 below

Table 2.5 Details of different streams pf effluent generation

WASTEWATER GENERATION

SNO PURPOSE QUANTITY (KLD)

Existing


(150 KLPD Plant)

1 SPENT LEES 79 172

2 BOILER BLEED OFF 10 18

3 COOLING BLOW DOWN 10 27

4 WTP BACKWASH 75 117

5 IMFL BOTTLE WASHINGS 60 60

6 WASTE WATER AFTER DECANTATION 377 500

7 FLOOR WASHINGS 10 10

8 DOMESTIC 18 22 TOTAL 639 926

2.9.2 Air Pollution

The air pollution will be due to combustion emissions released by the boiler furnace

attached to the 30 TPH & 16 TPH (stand by) boilers. The boiler furnace, will use

biomass/coal as fuel in the ratio of 80 % : 20 % with a maximum consumption of about

30.0 MT/hour. The critical SPM concentration in the flue gas will be less than 115.0

g/Nm3. The DG sets as standby arrangement are provided with adequate stack height as

per the norms and being used only during power failure.

Fugitive emission from distilleries includes volatilization of alcohol from process &

storage tanks, dust from stock piles, spills and material handling and open vessel. The

existing stack details with air pollution control equipment are provided in Table 2.6

below


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 21

Table 2.6 Emissions and control measures

S.No Description Stack -1 Stack -2 Stack -3 Stack -4

1 Attached to Boilers DG set DG set DG set

2 Capacity 30 TPH boiler

(existing)

16.0 TPH

(Existing and

stand by)

1 x 325 KVA 1 x 750 KVA 1 x 1010 KVA

3 Fuel Biomass/coal Diesel Diesel Diesel

4 Stack height Common stack – 50 m 7.0m 7.0m 7.0m

5 Air pollution

control

equipment

Electrostatic

Precipitator

(ESP)

Bag filter Acoustic

enclosure

Acoustic

enclosure

Acoustic

enclosure

2.9.3 Odour pollution

The main problem for production of Alcohol is the foul odour generated from various

processes like fermentation, distillation, spent wash, skins of crop. Closed system is

provided for the fermentation vessel so as to prevent the escape of hydrocarbons.

Another source of odour will be DWGS, which is the by-product of this distillery which

is being sold as cattle feed.

2.9.4 Solid and hazardous wastes

Solid waste generated are CPU sludge and ash from the boiler. The mixed boiler ash is

being sold to brick manufacturing units. The only hazardous waste generated in project

will be the scrap oil from DG set, automobiles, gears etc. This is stored in leak proof

drums in storage yard and disposed to APPCB authorized agencies. The details of the

solid wastes generated from the existing plant and proposed expansion are given in

Table 2.7

Table 2.7 Solid waste generation and disposal

Type

Existing

Quantity

Proposed

Quantity

Total

after

expansion

Storage Utilization/disposal

Solid waste

DWGS 150 TPD 90 TPD 240 TPD Covered

shed

Sold as cattle feed

directly

Mixed

boiler

ash

2.5 TPD

2.5 TPD 5.0 TPD

Ash silo Brick manufacturing

units


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 22

ETP

Sludge

1.0 TPM 0.6 TPM 1.6 TPM Used as manure

STP

Sludge 1.5 TPM

-- 1.5 TPM Used as manure

Hazardous Waste

Waste

oil

3000 LPA

(Existing)

2000 LPA

(Proposed)

5000 LPA Sealed

Carboys

To the agencies

authorized by APPCB

2.10 PROJECT COST

The initial project cost for the distillery while applying EC to MOEF&CC Delhi vide

order Dated: 19.07.2007 was 55 crores and the CFE Order for installation of 30 TPH

boiler vide order Dated 18.04.2018 was 15 crores. Both these projects have been

completed. The project cost for the proposed MSDH unit within the plant premises is

12.6 crores. The total project cost is 82.6 crores.

CHAPTER – III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT


CHAPTER – III DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3 - 1

3.0 INTRODUCTION

Collection of base line data is an integral aspect of the preparation of Environmental

Impact Assessment report. Base line data reflects the present status of Environment

before the initiation of any activity. The possible effects due to the product expansion

of the project are estimated and superimposed on the compiled baseline data

subsequently to asses Environmental Impacts.

3.1 STUDY AREA

Study area covers 10 km radius from the project site located at Old Singarayakonda

Village, Singarayakonda Mandal, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh.

3.2 STUDY PERIOD

The baseline environmental quality represents the background scenario of various

environmental components in the study area.

As part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, baseline environmental

monitoring was carried out for the month of November 2020 to January 2021. The

following studies were undertaken to generate base line data for this EIA report.

3.3 METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY

The various steps involved in Environmental Impact Assessment study of the project

are divided into following phases:

Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessing the existing

status within the impact zone with respect to air, water, noise, soil and socio-

economic components of environment. Following studies will be carried out:

Micrometeorological data

Air quality – existing ambient air quality

Water analysis - ground water & surface water

Noise levels

Geology

Hydrogeology

Flora and fauna

Land use / Land cover

Soil characteristics and

Socio – economic status surrounding the project area



3 - 2

Quantification/prediction of impact for the identified activities and to study the

level of impact on various environmental components.

Evaluation of impacts after super imposing the predicted/quantified scenario over

the baseline scenario.

Formulation of Environmental Management Plan for implementation in the

proposed expansion project.

3.4 COLLECTION OF BASELINE DATA

3.4.1 Micro meteorological data

Micrometeorological studies are simultaneously conducted with the ambient air

quality monitoring. Meteorology plays an important role in the dispersion of

pollutants. The meteorological data is very useful for interpretation of the base line

information and for model study of air quality impacts also.

A temporary meteorological station was installed at project site. The station was

installed at a height of 4 m above the ground level in such a way that there are no

obstructions facilitating flow of wind, wind speed, wind direction, humidity and

temperature are recorded on hourly basis.

Regional Meteorology:

Climate

The climate of the region is governed by its location in the tropics and by the

monsoon. The climate of the southeastern coast of the Bay of Bengal is characterized

by the annually recurring seasonal monsoons, which divide the year in to four

seasons.

The North East monsoon from December to March is the cool season of the

year with predominantly northeasterly winds.

The Pre monsoon period in the months of March to May is usually hottest part

of the year.

The South West monsoon from June to September is characterized by

predominantly South west winds.

The Post monsoon period is the months of October and November when

cyclones most frequent.



3 - 3

Table 3.1 IMD Climatological Data (History) of Ongole

Month

Temperature ºC Mean Relative

Humidity % Rainfall

mm Maximum Minimum

8.30

Morning

17.30

Evening

January 30.6 20.2 85 62 18.7

February 32.4 21.8 82 59 4.1

March 34.6 24.0 78 60 18.3

April 36.6 26.3 74 62 12.9

May 39.7 28.0 65 54 68.5

June 38.3 28.2 62 49 61.0

July 35.8 26.9 68 54 108.3

August 35.0 26.5 71 56 115.5

September 34.9 26.0 74 62 148.0

October 33.0 24.8 80 70 247.0

November 31.3 22.5 81 69 175.1

December 30.6 20.6 83 65 31.5

Ref: IMD, Onglole

Temperature:

The maximum temperature recorded is 39.7ºC and the minimum is 20.2ºC.

Relative Humidity:

The relative humidity is comparatively high and fairly uniform throughout the year.

The mean relative humidity ranging from 49% to 85%.

Rainfall:

The region of Nellore district receives an annual rainfall of 1008.9 mm. The region

also receives rain from the occasional low-pressure systems developing during the

post monsoon and pre-monsoon season.

3.4.2 Winds

A weather station was installed in the site for hourly monitoring of temperature,

humidity and wind velocity for the month of November 2020 to January 2021.

Average data is given in Table 3.1.



3 - 4

Table 3.2 Micro meteorological data at site

Sl. No. Parameters Nov.20 Dec.20 Jan.21

1 Temperature (0C) Maximum 30.86 28.03 31.32

Minimum 20.88 18.84 18.71

Average 26.44 24.40 24.25

2 Relative Humidity (%) Maximum 92.03 91.95 96.22

Minimum 55.14 55.51 36.72

Average 80.49 76.28 74.06 3 Wind Speed (m/s) Maximum 13.13 7.96 6.19

Minimum 0.22 0.47 0.14

Average 4.61 4.00 2.85 4 Wind Direction (%) E 10.14 8.06 9.95

ENE 4.58 13.04 5.78

ESE 1.94 8.20 3.49

N 3.06 4.97 2.02

NE 23.33 21.77 12.50

NNE 5.97 5.65 3.90

NNW 3.75 6.72 4.03

NW 16.67 10.75 7.26

S 0.97 1.21 12.90

SE 1.81 4.44 4.84

SSE 0.69 1.21 6.99

SSW 0.97 0.54 3.23

SW 3.19 0.81 3.76

W 3.61 0.40 2.02

WNW 5.69 2.55 2.69

WSW 2.08 0.40 1.61

CALM 11.53 9.27 13.04



3 - 5

Fig. 3.1 Wind rose diagram for the month of November’ 2020 - January’ 2021



3 - 6

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.5.1 Selection of Sampling Locations: To assess the baseline ambient air quality a

scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network was established. Air

quality monitoring study was carried out during pre-monsoon season (i.e. November

2020 to January 2021) within 10 km radius of the project site. The ambient air quality

monitoring stations were selected after a brief study based on the following

considerations.

Meteorological conditions

Topography of the study area

Predominant wind direction

Emission sources

Receptors sensitivity

Ambient Air Quality monitoring stations were set up at eight locations with due

consideration to the above mentioned points. The locations of the sampling stations

are given in the Table 3.4 and the same are also show in the Fig 3.2.

3.5.2 Methodology of Sampling and Analysis

Air samples collected were tested for the following parameters

PM10

PM2.5

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Ozone (O3)

Lead (Pb)

Ammonia (NH3)

Benzene (C6H6)

Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP)

Arsenic (As)

Nickel (Ni),

Hydro Carbon HC (Methane and Non Methane)

Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)



3 - 7

The sampling and analysis of ambient air quality parameters was carried out as per the

procedures detailed in relevant parts of IS: 5182 (Indian Standards for Ambient Air

Quality Test Methods). The methods used for determining the above mentioned

parameters and furnished hereunder in the Table 3.3.

Frequency of Sampling: 24 hourly samples for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, O3,

NH3, Benzen, Benzo a pyrene, Pb, As, Ni, HC, VOC were collected from each station

(Table 3.4), at a frequency of twice a week for the pre-monsoon season.

Table 3.3 Techniques and detectable limits for Ambient air quality monitoring

S. No. Parameter Technique Technical Protocol Minimum Detectable Limit

1 PM10 (µg/m3) Respirable Dust Sampler (Gravimetric method)

IS-5182 (Part-IV)

5.0 g/m3

2 PM2.5 (µg/m3) Fine Particulate Sampler (Gravimetric method)

40 CFR USEPA Gravimetric

2.0 g/m3

3 Sulphur dioxide SO2 (µg/m3)

Modified West and Gaeke IS-5182 (Part-II) 4.0 g/m3

4 Oxides of Nitrogen NOx (µg/m3)

Jacob &Hochheiser IS-5182 (Part-VI) 4.0 g/m3

5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) mg/m3

Non Dispersible Infra-red Spectroscopy (NDIR)

IS:5182 (Part-X) 0.10 mg/m3

6 Ozone (O3) µg/m3 Chemical Method IS:5182 (Part-IX) 10 µg/m3

7 Lead (Pb) µg/m3 ICP after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

IS:5182 (Part-22) 0.06 µg/m3

8 Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Indophenol blue method IS:5182 (Indophenol Method)

20 µg/m3

9 Benzene (C6H6) µg/m3 Gas Chromatography IS:5182 (Part-XI) 2.0 µg/m3

10 Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) ng/m3

Solvent extraction followed by GC

IS:5182 (Part-XII) 0.5 ng/m3

11 Arsenic (As) ng/m3 ICP after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

CPCB guidelines 0.44 ng/m3

12 Nickel (Ni), ng/m3 ICP after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

CPCB guidelines 0.6 ng/m3

13 Hydro Carbon (Methane and Non Methane)

Gas Chromatography IS-5182 (Part-XXI) 0.5 ppm

14 Volatile Organic Compound GC Method EPA 21 PID 0.5 ppm



3 - 8

Table 3.4 Location of Ambient air quality-monitoring stations

S.No Location Station Code

Direction from

Project Site

Distance w.r.t

Project Site (km)

Latitude and Longitude

Environmental Setting

1 Project Site A1 - - 15°13'0.01"N 80° 0'54.61"E

Industrial Area

2 Sanampudi A2 W 2.7 15°13'1.01"N 79°59'25.80"E

Residential Area

3 Mannetkota A3 SW 3.0 15°11'34.32"N 79°59'51.15"E

Residential Area

4 Oguru A4 WNW 6.2 15°13'59.26"N 79°57'24.29"E

Residential Area

5 Atmakur A5 SW 5.7 15°10'46.58"N 79°58'45.49"E

Residential Area

6 Ganigunta A6 W 6.6 15°12'55.89"N 79°57'5.73"E

Residential Area

7 Singarayakonda A7 NNE 3.3 15°14'55.45"N 80° 1'21.65"E

Residential Area

8 Ramakrishnapuram A8 SE 2.2 15°11'52.18"N 80° 1'39.99"E

Residential Area



3 - 9

Fig 3.2 Location of Ambient air quality stations



3 - 10

Table 3.5 Summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study area

Mon

itor

ing

Loc

atio

ns

No

of S

ampl

es

PM10(µg/m3) PM2.5(µg/m3) SO2(µg/m3) NOx(µg/m3) M

ax

Min

Mea

n

98

perc

enti

le

Max

Min

Mea

n

98

perc

enti

le

Max

Min

Mea

n

98

perc

enti

le

Max

Min

Mea

n

98

perc

enti

le

A1 26 78.0 53.9 67.5 77.4 34.7 23.7 30.2 34.6 12.7 7.7 10.3 12.5 16.3 13.1 14.5 16.2

A2 26 55.7 35.8 48.6 55.4 24.7 14.7 20.1 24.0 8.3 4.3 6.5 8.1 10.7 7.8 9.6 10.6

A3 26 74.9 50.3 63.9 73.6 32.3 22.0 27.4 32.2 11.6 6.9 9.0 11.3 15.4 12.2 13.4 15.3

A4 26 52.0 32.3 45.0 52.0 21.7 12.0 17.6 21.3 7.0 3.4 5.5 6.7 10.5 6.4 8.6 10.1

A5 26 58.0 39.0 51.4 58.0 26.9 15.9 21.6 26.0 8.8 4.8 7.1 8.5 11.4 8.4 10.3 11.3

A6 26 53.6 33.4 46.7 53.5 23.1 12.8 18.8 22.5 7.9 3.8 6.0 7.6 10.4 7.2 9.1 10.3

A7 26 70.8 46.8 60.2 70.0 30.4 20.1 25.2 30.0 10.9 6.3 8.3 10.5 13.5 10.1 11.9 13.3

A8 26 64.4 40.3 55.1 64.2 28.7 18.1 23.0 28.3 9.7 5.4 7.6 9.3 12.5 9.3 11.0 12.3

NAAQ Standard

s 100(µg/m3) 60(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3)



3 - 11

Mon

itor

ing

Loc

atio

ns

No

of S

ampl

es

CO(mg/m3) O3(µg/m3)

Max

Min

Mea

n

98

perc

enti

le

Max

Min

Mea

n

98

perc

enti

le

A1 26 0.35 0.14 0.24 0.34 55.0 38.0 47.0 54.0

A2 26 0.12 <0.10 0.11 0.11 37.0 20.0 31.1 37.0

A3 26 51.0 34.0 43.6 51.0 35.0 17.0 25.0 33.0

A4 26 0.11 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 32.0 14.0 25.5 32.0

A5 26 0.14 <0.10 0.10 0.13 40.0 22.0 34.0 40.0

A6 26 0.12 <0.10 0.10 0.11 34.0 17.0 28.1 33.9

A7 26 0.22 <0.10 0.16 0.21 47.0 27.0 39.7 46.0

A8 26 0.16 <0.10 0.12 0.15 44.0 24.0 36.9 43.0

NAAQ Standards

4.0mg/m3 at 1hr 180µg/m3 at 1hr

Note: Hydro Carbon and VOC are found to be Below Detectable limit



3 - 12

Graphical presentation of ambient air quality in the study area

77.4

55.4

73.6

52.058.0

53.5

70.064.2

100

0.0

20.0

40.0

60.0

80.0

100.0

120.0

98 Percentile of PM10 (µg/m3)

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

Standard

34.6

24.0

32.2

21.326.0

22.5

30.0 28.3

60

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

PM2.5 (µg/m3)

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

Standard



3 - 13


12.58.1 11.3

6.7 8.5 7.6 10.5 9.3

80

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

90.0

SO2 (µg/m3)

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

Standard

16.210.6

15.310.1 11.3 10.3 13.3 12.3

80

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

90.0

NOx (µg/m3)

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

Standard



3 - 14


3.5.3 Existing Ambient Air Quality

On the perusal of above summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study are it

is evident that all monitored values in various locations are well within the specified

limits of CPCB. The results are summarized below:

PM10: The highest PM10 concentration 78.0µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air

was recorded at station A1 Project area while the lowest PM10 concentration was

0.340.11 0.28

0.10 0.13 0.11 0.21 0.15

4

0.00

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

CO (mg/m3)

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

Standard

54.037.0

51.032.0

40.00 34.046.0 43.0

180.00

0.0

20.0

40.0

60.0

80.0

100.0

120.0

140.0

160.0

180.0

200.0

O3 (µg/m3)

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

Standard



3 - 15

found to be 32.3µg/m3 at A4. All the monitored values of PM10 are well below the

specified limit of 100 µg/m3.

PM2.5: The highest PM2.5 concentration 34.7 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air

was recorded at station A1 while the lowest PM2.5 concentration was found to be

12.0µg/m3 at A4. All the monitored values of PM2.5 are well below the specified limit

of 60 µg/m3.

SO2: The highest SO2 concentration 12.7µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A1 while the lowest SO2 concentration was found to be 3.4 µg/m3

at A4. All the monitored values of SO2 are well below the specified limit of 80 µg/m3.

NOx: The highest NOx concentration 16.3 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A1 while the lowest NOx concentration was found to be 6.4µg/m3

at A4. All the monitored values of NOx are well below the specified limit of

80µg/m3.

CO: The highest NOx concentration 0.35mg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A1 while the lowest CO concentration was found to be

<0.10mg/m3 at A3 and some interior locations. All the monitored values of CO are

well below the specified limit of 2 mg/m3.

OZONE (O3): The highest O3 concentration 55.0µg/m3 was observed in the ambient

air was recorded at station A1 while the lowest O3 concentration was found to be

14.0µg/m3 at A3. All the monitored values of O3 are well below the specified limit of

180µg/m3.

Ammonia (NH4), Lead (Pb), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo(a)pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As),

Nickel (Ni), HC (methane and non methane Hydro Carbon), Volatile Organic Carbon

(VOC) - are remained below detection limit (BDL) in the study area.

3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The water resources, both surface and groundwater play an important role in the

development of the area. Likewise, the water resources of the area have been studied

to establish the current status of water quality in the area. The parameters of prime



3 - 16

importance were selected under physical, chemical inorganic, chemical organic and

heavy metal groups. Water samples from ground and surface water sources were

collected. The water samples were collected in pretreated sampling cans and

transported to laboratory for analysis. Due care was taken during sampling &

transportation of these samples.

3.6.1 Surface Water and Ground Water Quality Assessment

In order to assess water quality impacts surface water and ground water samples are

collected from the surrounding villages. The samples analyzed for various physical

and chemical parameters to know the contamination levels as per the IS Standards.

1. Ground water quality --- IS 10500-2012

2. Surface/canal/sea water quality --- IS 2296

3.6.2. Selection of Sampling Locations

Sampling locations were selected on basis of:

Drainage pattern

Location of residential areas respecting different activities

Likely areas those can represent baseline conditions

Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected

physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting

the existing water quality status in the study area.

The samples were analyzed in accordance with “Standard Methods for Examination

of Water and Wastewater Analysis” published by APHA.

3.6.3 Sampling Techniques

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples

collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for bacteriological

analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical and

bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality

status in the study area. Parameters like temperature, Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH

were analyzed at the time of sample collection.

The methodology for sample collection and preservation techniques was followed as

per the Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) mentioned in Table 3.6.



3 - 17

Table 3.6 Standard operating procedures (SOP) for water sampling

Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation

pH Grab sampling

Plastic /glass container

50 ml On site analysis

Electrical

Conductivity

Grab sampling


50 ml On site parameter

Total suspended

solids

Grab sampling


100 ml Refrigeration,

can be stored for 7 days

Total Dissolved

Solids

Grab sampling


100 ml Refrigeration,

can be stored for 7 days

BOD Grab sampling


500 ml Refrigeration, 48 hrs

Hardness Grab sampling


100 ml Add HNO3 to pH<2,

refrigeration; 6 months

Chlorides Grab sampling


50 ml Not required; 28 days

Sulphates Grab sampling


100 ml Refrigeration; 28 days

Nitrates Plastic containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 48 hrs

Fluorides Plastic containers only 100 ml Not required; 28 days

Alkalinity Plastic/ glass containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 14 days

Ammonia Plastic/ glass containers 100 ml Add H2SO4 to pH>2,

refrigeration, 28 days

Heavy Metals

(As, Cd, Mn, Cu,

Fe, Zn, Pb etc.)

Plastic/ Glass rinse with

1+1 HNO3

500 ml Filter, add HNO3 to

pH>2; Grab sample; 6

months

Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published By

APHA (American Public Health Association) 23rd Edition 2017.

3.6.4 Analytical techniques

The analytical techniques used for water analysis is given in the Table 3.7.



3 - 18

Table 3.7 Analytical techniques for water analysis

Parameter Method

pH APHA-4500-H+

Colour APHA-2120 C

Odour IS: 3025, Part-4

Temperature APHA-2550 B

Dissolved Oxygen APHA-4500 O

Electrical conductivity APHA-2510 B

Turbidity APHA-2130 B

Chlorides APHA-4500 Cl-

Fluorides APHA-4500 F-

Total dissolved solids APHA-2540 C

Total suspended solids APHA-2540 D

Total hardness APHA-2340 C

Sulphates APHA-4500 SO4-2

Arsenic APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3114 B/ APHA-3500

As

Calcium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Ca

Magnesium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Mg

Sodium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Na

Potassium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 K

Manganese APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Mn

Mercury APHA-3112 B/ APHA-3500 Hg

Lead APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Pb

Copper APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Cu

Cadmium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Cd

Iron APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Fe

Zinc APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Zn

Boron APHA-4500 B

Coliform organisms APHA-9215 D

Alkalinity APHA-2320 B

Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published By

APHA (American Public Health Association) 23rd Edition 2017.



3 - 19

3.6.5 Water Sampling Stations

The locations of the water samples collected in the study area are furnished hereunder

Table 3.8 Water sampling stations

Code Station Direction

bearing w.r.t Project Site

Distance from Project Site

(km)

Latitude & Longitude

Source of collection

GW1 Project Site - - 15°13'0.01"N 80° 0'54.61"E

Ground water

GW2 Oguru WNW 6.2 15°13'59.26"N 79°57'24.29"E

Ground water

GW3 Atmakur SW 5.7 15°10'46.58"N 79°58'45.49"E

Ground water

GW4 Ganigunta W 6.6 15°12'55.89"N 79°57'5.73"E

Ground water

GW5 Singarayakonda NNE 3.3 15°14'55.45"N 80° 1'21.65"E

Ground water

GW6 Ramakrishnapuram SE 2.2 15°11'52.18"N 80° 1'39.99"E

Ground water

GW7 Malapalle NE 2.3 15°13'35.50"N 80° 2'4.28"E

Ground water

GW8 Ulavapadu S 5.5 15°10'5.44"N 80° 0'11.55"E

Ground water

SW1 Manneru upstream W 2.1 15°13'5.56"N 79°59'42.45"E

Surface water

SW2 Manneru downstream ESE 0.7 15°12'38.00"N 80° 1'11.47"E

Surface water

SW3 Kanumalla Cheruvu NW 4.2 15°14'55.42"N 79°59'37.53"E

Surface water

SW4 Jolagunta lake N 6.9 15°16'40.39"N 80° 1'42.41"E

Surface water



3 - 20

Fig 3.3 Water sampling locations



3 - 21

3.6.6 Ground water quality of the study area

The summarized analysis results of the ground water quality in the study area are given in the below table

Table 3.9 Ground water quality results

S. No. PARAMETER UNIT GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 IS:10500-Standards

Acceptable Permissible

1. Color Hazen < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 5 15

2. Temperature of Water 0C 25.2 24.9 24.6 25.0 25.5 25.2 25.0 25.2 - -

3. pH - 7.2 7.3 7.1 7.4 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.2 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

4. Turbidity NTU 0.25 0.22 0.20 0.28 0.24 0.24 0.28 0.32 1 5

5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 957 936 909 1105 998 917 1015 1058 500 2000

6. Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 804 859 826 965 861 854 897 849 200 600

7. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 198 162 158 226 165 172 217 236 300 600

8. Chlorides as Cl mg/l 207 185 182 227 207 170 209 219 250 1000

9. Calcium as Ca mg/l 66.1 60.5 56.5 80.2 61.9 60.5 70.6 82.5 75 200

10. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 7.9 7.4 7.2 9.0 8.0 7.6 8.4 9.6 30 100

11. Fluoride as F mg/l 0.88 0.66 0.58 0.78 0.60 0.59 0.68 0.85 1.0 1.5

12. Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 2.2 1.7 1.4 2.5 2.0 1.7 2.2 3.0 45 45

13. Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 62.8 58.4 56.5 70.1 62.5 65.2 67.5 72.5 200 400

14. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05

15. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003 0.003

16. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5



3 - 22

17. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.01

18. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.13 0.10 0.11 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.14 0.16 0.3 0.3

19. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.1 0.3

20. Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.28 0.19 0.17 0.21 0.29 5.0 15.0

21. Dissolved phosphates mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 - -

22. Phenolic Compounds as

C6H5OH

mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.001 0.002

23. Residual Chlorine mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 - -

24. E. Coli MPN/100

ml

Not Detecte

d

Not Detecte

d

Not Detecte

d

Not Detecte

d

Not Detecte

d

Not Detecte

d

Not Detecte

d

Not Detecte

d

Not

Detectable Not

Detectable

25. Total Coliforms MPN/100

ml 48 42 40 54 46 50 40 46

Not

Detectable Not

Detectable

ND - Not Detected



3 - 23

3.6.7 Summary of Groundwater quality:

During the study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying between

7.2 and 7.4. The pH values for all the samples collected in the study area during

study period were found to be within the acceptable limits.

The TDS of all the samples were below the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l.

The Chloride levels in the groundwater samples collected in the study area were

ranging from 170 – 219 mg/l

In the groundwater samples collected from the study area, the hardness was found

to be varying from 158 mg/l to 236mg/l.

In the groundwater samples of study area the fluoride values were found to be

within a range of 0.58 mg/l to 0.88 mg/l.

All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the permissible limits.

An overview of the results obtained reveals that none of parameters were found above

the permissible limits of IS: 10500 Drinking Water Standards.

3.6.8. Surface water quality of the study area

The water in the region (surface water) has been compared with respect to the

Drinking water Quality Standards as IS: 10500 and IS: 2296. The summarized

analysis of results of the surface water quality in the study area are given in the below

table 3.10.

Table 3.10 Surface water quality of the study area

S.

No. PARAMETER UNIT SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

IS:2296 -

Standards

1. Color Hazen <1 <1 <1 <1 -

2. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -

3. Turbidity Ntu 1.2 1.3 1.1 1.0 -

4. pH - 7.1 7.3 7.1 7.1 6.50 – 8.50

5. Temperature 0C 25.2 25.6 25.4 25.2 -

6. Electrical Conductivity mmhos/cm 329 398 386 372 -

7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 219 254 251 239 1500

8. Total Suspended Solids mg/l 12 18 14 17 -

9. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 96 108 97 102 -

10. Total Hardness as mg/l 90 113 105 98 -

11. Calcium as Ca mg/l 16.9 20.0 18.6 18.2 -

12. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 11.6 12.9 13.0 12.5 -

13. Chloride as Cl mg/l 48.4 55.1 54.2 50.7 -



3 - 24

14. Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 12.2 12.4 12.5 12.0 -

15. Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 1.2 1.5 1.4 1.2 -

16. Iron as Fe mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 -

17. Hexavalent Chromium as

Cr6+ mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05

18. Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.005

19. Cyanide as CN mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.05

20. Zinc as Zn mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15

21. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01

22. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 1.5

23. Aluminium as Al mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.1

24. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 5.0

25. Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -

26. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -

27. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 -

28. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.3 5.6 6.0 5.7 5.0 min

29. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l 2.4 3.7 3.6 3.4 -

30. Biochemical Oxygen

Demand mg/l 1.0 1.2 1.0 1.1 3.0

31. Total Kjheldhal Nitrogen mg/l < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 -

32. Free Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 -

33. Oil & Grease mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 -

34. E. Coli MPN/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

35. Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 640 710 680 690 5000

3.6.9. Surface water quality results are summarized below:

pH of the surface water collected was neutral with pH ranging from 7.1 -7.3

TDS was found to be 219mg/l to 254mg/l. The tolerance limit of 1,500 mg/l as per

IS:2296

Total hardness was found to be 90mg/l to 113mg/l

Presence of Nitrate was recorded as 1.2mg/l to 1.5mg/l

DO was observed as 5.6mg/l to 6.3mg/l

Total coliform in water was 640MPN/100ml to 710MPN/100ml The likely source of

bacteriological contamination was due to the proximity to residential area

All the heavy metals were found to be within below detectable limits.



3 - 25

3.7 SOIL QUALITY

3.7.1 Selection of sampling locations

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the

existing overall soil conditions around the project site. The study of the soil profile

establishes the baseline characteristics and this will help in future for identifying the

incremental concentrations if any, due to the project. The sampling locations have

been identified with following objectives.

a) To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area

b) To determine the impact of the project activities on soil characteristics

3.7.2 Sampling and analytical techniques

Five sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions

representing various land use conditions and geological features. At each location,

soil samples were collected from three different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm

below the surface and are homogenized. This is in line with IS: 2720 & Methods of

Soil Analysis, Part-1, 2nd edition, 1986 of (American Society for Agronomy and Soil

Science Society of America). The homogenized samples were analyzed for physical

and chemical characteristics. The soil samples were collected and analyzed once in

pre-monsoon season.

The samples have been analyzed as per the established scientific methods for physico-

chemical parameters. The heavy metals have been analyzed by using Atomic

Absorption Spectrophotometer.

The methodology adopted for each parameter is described in Table 3.11

Table 3.11 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis

Parameter Method (ASTM number)

Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration

pH pH meter (D 1293-84)

Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82)

Nitrogen Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84)

Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, colourimetric (D 515-82)

Potassium Flame photometric (D 1428-82)

Sodium Flame photometric (D 1428-82)

Calcium IS:2720



3 - 26

Parameter Method (ASTM number)

Magnesium IS:2720

Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)

3.7.3 Details of soil sampling locations

The soil sampling locations and distance from project are mentioned in below Table

3.12.

Table 3.12 Soil sampling locations

Code Location/

Villages

Direction

Bearing

w.r.t Project

Distance from

Project Site (km)

Site Latitude

and

Longitude

S1 Project Site - - 15°13'0.01"N 80° 0'54.61"E

S2 Patikanenivaripalle W 3.4 15°12'56.15"N 79°59'3.58"E

S3 Singarayakonda N 1.7 15°14'1.68"N 80° 0'53.52"E

S4 Mannetipeta SSW 2.6 15°11'44.42"N 80° 0'14.22"E

S5 Malapalle ENE 2.4 15°13'28.11"N 80° 2'20.23"E



3 - 27

Fig 3.4: Soil sampling locations



3 - 28

3.7.4. Soil analysis results in the study area

The summarized analysis results of the soil samples in the study area are presented in the

Table 3.13.

Table 3.13 Soil analysis results

S.No Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5

1. pH (1:5) Aq Extract -- 6.8 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.2

2. Conductivity (1:5 Aq Extract)

mhos /cm 291 279 302 294 290

3. Texture (a) Sand (b) Silt (c) Clay

%

34.8 28.3 36.9

34.4 26.5 39.1

36.8 28.1 35.1

37.3 26.6 36.1

34.8 26.3 38.9

4. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.18 1.10 1.22 1.1 1.2

5. Moisture Content % 10.1 10.8 11.6 11.5 12.0

6. Availabe Nitrogen as N kg/ha 65 57 66 53 58

7. Availabe Phosphorous as P kg/ha 41.8 41.5 42.4 38.2 41.6

8. Available Potassium as K kg/ha 136 122 140 118 125

9. Exchangeable Sodium as Na mg/kg 56 52 59 46 55

10. Exchangeable Calcium as Ca mg/kg 308 298 309 372 297

11. Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg mg/kg 454 427 466 424 445

12. Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl mg/kg 227 219 235 209 217

13. Water Soluble Sulphates as SO4 mg/kg 49 42 54 41 45

14. Organic matter % 0.59 0.62 0.72 0.66 0.57

15. Organic Carbon % 0.41 0.38 0.31 0.39 0.33



3 - 29

3.7.5 Summary of soil analysis data

The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are

summarized below.

The normal range of pHin the soils are 6.0 to 8.5. The pH values in the study area are

varying from 6.8 to7.3 indicating that the soils are falling in neutral soil.

Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting a healthy green

color to the leaves. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying from 53 to

66kg/ha. This is less for crops when compared with soil standards.

Phosphorus influences the vigour of plants and improves the quality of crops. In the

study area available, Phosphorus was found in varying quantities of 38.2 to 42.4kg/ha.

This is medium sufficient level when compared to soil standards.

Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect attacks, cold and

other adverse conditions. The available potassium in the study area varies between 118 to

136mg/kg. This is less level for crops.

Organic Carbon in the study area ranges from 0.31 to 0.39%. This is less levelfor crops.

Based on the above results, the soils in the region are average fertile enough for

cultivation of crops.

3.7.6 Standard soil classification

S.No Soil Test Classification

1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic

5.51-6.00 moderately acidic

6.01-6.50 slightly acidic

6.51-7.30 Neutral

7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline

7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline

8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline

>9.00 very strongly alkaline

2. Electrical Conductivity (ppm)

(1ppm = 640 µmhos)

Upto 1.00 Average

1.01-2.00 harmful to germination



3 - 30

2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to

salts)

3. Organic Carbon Upto 0.2: very less

0.21-0.4: less

0.41-0.5 medium,

0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient

0.81-1.00: sufficient

>1.0 more than sufficient

4. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Upto 50 very less

51-100 less

101-150 good

151-300 Better

>300 sufficient

5. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 15 very less

16-30 less

31-50 medium

51-65 on an average sufficient

66-80 sufficient

>80 more than sufficient

6. Potassium (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less

120-180 less

181-240 medium

241-300 average

301-360 better

>360 more than sufficient

Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi



3 - 31

3.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

3.8.1 Identification of sampling locations

Noise at different generating sources has identified based on the activities in the village

area and the noise at sensitive areas. A detailed survey on noise environment was carried

in and around the project site to study the levels of noise, as the high dB (A) levels may

cause adverse effect on human beings and associated environment, including structures,

domestic animals and natural ecological systems. The locations were identified keeping

in view the land use pattern and environmental setting Spot noise levels were measured

using a precision noise level meter at project site and residential areas in all eight

locations were covered with in study zone.

3.8.2 Methodology

The monitoring was carried out at each location for a period of 24 hrs, once in each

season. The locations were identified keeping in view the land use pattern and

environmental setting. The day levels of noise have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm

and the night levels during 10 pm to 6 am. The Ld, Ln and Ldn were calculated based on

the hourly Leq values. Spot noise levels were measured using a precision noise level

meter at residential areas and industry area, in all five locations which were covered with

in study zone. The noise levels include vehicular movement and local activities.

3.8.3 Noise Monitoring Locations

The noise monitoring locations along with their distance from project are mentioned in

the below Table 3.14.



3 - 32

Table 3.14 Noise monitoring locations

S.No Location Station Code

Direction from

Project Site

Distance w.r.t Project Site

Latitude and Longitude (km)

Latitude and Longitude


1. Project Site N1 - - 15°13'0.01"N 80° 0'54.61"E

Industrial Area

2. Sanampudi N2 W 2.7 15°13'1.01"N 79°59'25.80"E

Residential Area

3. Mannetkota N3 SW 3.0 15°11'34.32"N 79°59'51.15"E

Residential Area

4. Oguru N4 WNW 6.2 15°13'59.26"N 79°57'24.29"E

Residential Area

5. Atmakur N5 SW 5.7 15°10'46.58"N 79°58'45.49"E

Residential Area

6. Ganigunta N6 W 6.6 15°12'55.89"N 79°57'5.73"E

Residential Area

7. Singarayakonda N7 NNE 3.3 15°14'55.45"N 80° 1'21.65"E

Residential Area

8. Ramakrishnapuram

N8 SE 2.2 15°11'52.18"N 80° 1'39.99"E

Residential Area

3.8.4 Description of locations

N1 – the location has been selected to assess noise levels in the project site.

N2, N3, N4, N5, N6, N7 and N8 – the locations have been selected to assess noise levels

near to the project in residential areas with light Vehicular Movement.

3.8.5 Noise levels in the study area

The noise level monitored during the study period is given in the form of Lday, Lnight

and Ldn are given below & compared with CPCB Standards.

Table 3.15 Noise levels in the study area

Location Code


Lday dB (A)

Lnight dB (A)

N1 Project site 69.4 61.5

N2 Residential 62.5 57.6




3 - 33






CPCB norms for Noise levels

Location Leq for Day

dB (A)

Leq for Night

dB (A)

Industrial 75 70

Residential 55 45



3 - 34

Fig 3.5 Noise monitoring locations



3 - 35

Graphical presentation of ambient noise levels in the study area

69.4

62.5

53.759.1

53.9 51.7

57.9

51.3

75

55

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

Equivalent Noise Day Time Leq dB(A)

61.557.6

46.2 44.9 43.6 45.251.5

44.2

70

45

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

Equivalent Noise Night Time Leq dB(A)



3 - 36

3.9 GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY

3.9.1 Geomorphology

The coastal plains, older coastal plains and flood plains with recent alluvium, flood plain

deposits and marine sediments forming the land forms in the north, north east, mid-

central and south eastern parts of the district.

The structural and denudational plateaus on proterozoic rocks with pediment and

pediplains occur in the north, south and central parts of the district. Structured hills,

denudational hills and valleys on sedimentary rocks and colluvial terraces are seen in the

northwest, central and south western parts of the district. The Dharwar schist,

Charnockites and peninsular gneisses occur as linear ridges, residual and structural hills

and as shallow to moderately weathered pediplain deposits.

3.9.2 Drainage

The district lies in the basin between Krishna and Penner. Gundalakamma, Musi,

Manneru and Paleru are the important rivers and they further split into smaller arms

before it debouches into the Bay of Bengal. The general drainage pattern is dendritic to

sub-dendritic. The drainage density varies from less than 0.4 km/sq.km in poorly drained

alluvial areas, which covers the entire southern parts of the district to 0.6 km/sq.km in the

Northern parts occupied by crystalline rocks.

3.9.3 Geology

The area in Prakasam district is underlain by diverse type of rock types belonging to

Achaean to recent age.

3.9.4 Hydrogeology

The hydrogeological studies to understand the local geology, geomorphic features,

drainage network, aquifer characteristics and yield of water. Accordingly, various

components controlling the hydrogeological regime. The hydrogeology map of the

Prakasam district is given in Figure 3.6.

Occurrence of Ground Water

Ground water systems are a result of the complex combination of different lithological



3 - 37

and structural types within an area that together constitute an aquifer within which

ground water accumulates and moves. Rather than describing individual lithologies and

their tendencies to form aquifers or otherwise, it is useful to describe the ground water as

one continuous across various lithological types (Kulkarni and Deolankar, 1995).

The aquifer system in Prakasam district comprises 4 groups:

1) Crystalline aquifer system

2) Cuddapah aquifer system

3) Gondwana aquifers and

4) Alluvial & laterite aquifer system

In general ground water occurs in all the formations of the area. Ground water occurs

under phreatic conditions in the weathered, fractured crystalline rocks at shallow depths

and under semi confined to confined conditions in the deeper fractured crystalline rocks.

The crystalline aquifer, granite-gneiss, system occupy major parts of the district. The

crystalline aquifer system lacks primary porosity and the occurrence, movement of

ground water in these rock types depend on the thickness of weathered zone available

and degree of fracturing/jointing. The thickness of weathered zone varies from 3.0 to

15.0 m. The depth of the dug wells ranges from 6.0 to 16.0 m bgl with yields of the wells

varying from 50 to 100 m3/day and sustain intermittent pumping for 3 to 6 hrs a day. The

results of the recent exploratory drilling in this formation by CGWB to depths of 150 m

showed that in granite gneiss the discharge varies from 113.18 to 604.8 m3/day with the

transmissivity varying from 2.0 to 69 m2/day. In the Hornblende-Biotite- Gneiss the

discharge is 14.0 to 155.52 m3/day and the transmissivity is 12.66 to 150 m2/day. Yield

varies from 38 m3/day to 158.97 m3/day with transmissivity values from 1.5 to 12.66

m2/day in Charnockite formations. In schistose formations the discharges varied from

63.07 to 242 m3/day with transmissivity of the aquifer varying from 1.06 to 40 m2/day.

The Cuddapah aquifer system consists of quartzites, shales and limestones. The

occurrence and movement of ground water in these rocks depending on the extent of

weathering, degree of compaction, fracturing and occurring of bedding planes and

presence of solution channels in the limestones. The dug wells range in depths between



3 - 38

8.0 to 15.0 m bgl and the yields range from 20 to 120 m3/day. Ground Water exploration

down to 150 m depth, yield in this formation vary 172.80 to 587.52 m3/day with

transmissivity of the aquifer varying from 6.87 to 158.22 m2/day. In shale formation the

discharge varied from 164.20 to 316.26 m3/day and the transmissivity values varying

from 6.59 to 22.8 m2/day.

The alluvium consisting of fine sand, gravel and kankar is occur coastal alluvium, river

alluvium and windblown sands in the area around Chirala, Vetapalem, Chinnaganjam,

Nagulappalapadu, Kothapatnam, Ulvalapadu and Tanguturu with thickness of 15.0 m has

fresh water pockets along the coastal line. The filter point/tube wells constructed in

alluvial areas have yielded 216 to 302.4 m3/day and the transmissivity of the alluvial

aquifer varies from 32 to 1400 m2/day. The river alluvium occurs along the course of

Gundalakamma, Musi, Paleru and Manneru rivers in the district are favorable for filter

points down to 15.0 m depth. Discharge varying from 302.4 to 561.6 m3/day but the

quality of water is slightly brackish. The quality of water is mostly saline.

Water Level Scenario

The depth to water level during pre-monsoon season (May, 2012) in the district ranges

between 1.09 to 8.94 m bgl. Shallow water levels less than 2 m bgl occur in the north

eastern parts of the district; whereas water levels more than 5 m bgl zone occur in

western parts of the district. The depth to water level during post-monsoon season (Nov,

2012) in the district ranges between 0.07 to 14.80 m bgl. Whereas water levels less than 2

m bgl occur in eastern parts of the district.

Long-term trend of water levels (2002 to 2011) indicates that, rise in water levels in the

range of 0.0020 to 0.11 m/year during pre-monsoon where as fall is in the range of

0.0022 to 0.3365 m/year. During post monsoon period water level rise varies from

0.0028 to 0.1924 m/year and fall in water levels observed in the range of 0.0042 to

0.5263 m/year.



3 - 39

Fig 3.6 Hydrogeology Map of Prakasam District



3 - 40

3.9.5 Ground Water Resources

The main source of ground water recharge is by the rainfall by direct percolation to the

zone of saturation. A significant part of the rainfall is lost as runoff from area while a

limited percentage of rainfall therefore reaches zone of saturation and becomes the part of

ground water storage after meeting the evaporation and evapo-transpiration losses. There

is also ground water recharge from the return flow of irrigation water from drug wells

and tube wells operated by the cultivators and from canals.

The dynamic groundwater resources of Prakasam district has been estimated jointly by

CGWB and SWID. Govt of Andhra Pradesh, following the norms laid down by GEC-

1997 methodology is given in Table 3.16

Table 3.16 Dynamic Groundwater Resources of Prakasam District

S.No. Particulars Quantity (HAM)

1. Total annual replenishable ground water resources 172190

2. Natural discharge during non-monsoon period 16194

3. Net Annual Ground Water Availability 155996.3639

4. Total Annual Ground Water Draft 52747

5. Projected demand for Domestic and Industrial uses upto

2025

9677

6. Net Ground Water Availability for Future Irrigation use 100062

7. Stage of Ground Water Development (%) 34% (“SAFE”)

3.10 LAND USE AND LAND COVER

Land use Land Cover map is prepared by adopting interpretation techniques of the image

classification. Image classification has been done by using supervised classification of

satellite images by running an training sample manage based on colours, various

activities has been included in the preparation of Land Use Land Cover Maps such as

Satellite Image/Data Acquisition, Preprocessing, Rectification, Ground Truthing etc.,

Satellite Images are processed and producing LULC maps are being done by using Arc

GIS 10.6.

The basic purpose of land use pattern and classification in an EIA study is to identify the

manner in which different parts of land area is utilized or not utilized. Remote sensing



3 - 41

data provides reliable accurate baseline information for land use mapping as it is a rapid

method of acquiring upto date information of over a largegeological area.

Studies on land use aspects of eco-system play an imperative role in identifying

susceptible issues and to take appropriate action to uphold ecological equilibrium in the

region. The main objective of this section is to provide a baseline status of the study area

covering 10 km radius around the proposed plant site so that temporal changes due to the

industrial activities on the surroundings can be assessed in future.

The objectives of Land use Pattern are to:

Determine the present Land use pattern

Analyze the impacts on Land use due to the proposed plant site in the study area

Study area with proposed unit as 10 km radius from the core area is considered for

land use study.

3.10.1 Methodology

The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present

study involve the following:

Procurement of Satellite images.

Collection of source data of Survey of India (SOI) toposheets. These are the main

inputs for the preparation of essential layers

Atmospheric and Radiometric corrections of Satellite data by using nearest

neighborhood resampling technique

Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and contour

map from the source data. Then updating of layout map, transport map and drainage

map from the satellite image by visualinterpretation

Performing image analysis in ArcGIS and Extraction of whole satelliteimage into

study area, processing and producing various maps such asLULC, Contour Maps,

Digital Elevation Maps, Drainage Maps

Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps.



3 - 42

Fig 3.7 Methodology of Land Use/Land Cover

LULC Study:

The LULC Study has been done for the 10km radius area from the M/s. Pearl Distillery

Limited project site by using visual interpretation techniques in Arc GIS 10.6. Output of

the map has been provided in 1:50000 scale, along with LULC MAP 10km Radius False

Colour Composite Map and True Colour Composite maps also provided below.



3 - 43

Fig 3.8 False colour composite map



3 - 44

Fig 3.9 Satellite map around 10 km radius



3 - 45

Interpretation

The area distributions along with percentage of different land use classes are listed below

in Table 3.17 and Figure 3.10

Total study area for the proposed project is 34291.25 Ha. Majority of the study area is

occupied by srub land 10660.47 Ha i.e., approx. 31.09%. Fallow land is 30.23%. Water

body is 4296.95 Ha. i.e. 12.53%. Agricultural land is 3927.08 Ha. i.e. 11.45%. Builtup

Area (Habitation) occupied 2236.91 Ha (6.52%). Sandy area and Dense Vegetation

occupied by 5.83% and 2.34% respectively.

Table 3.17 LULC clssification

S.No. Classification Area, Ha Percentage, %

1 Water Body 4296.95 12.53

2 Sandy Area or Dry Bed 2000.02 5.83

3 Agricultural Land 3927.08 11.45

4 Fallow Land 10367.42 30.23

5 Dense Vegetation 802.40 2.34

6 Scrub 10660.47 31.09

7 Habitation 2236.91 6.52

Total 34291.25 100.00

Fig 3.10 LULC classification



3 - 46

Fig 3.11 Land use/ land cover map



3 - 47

3.10.2 Digital Elevation Maps

A digital elevation model (DEM) is a digital representation of ground surface topography

or terrain. It is also widely known as a digital terrain model (DTM). A SRTM DEM file

has been used for preparation of Digital Elevation maps. In a DEM each cell having a

value corresponding to its elevation. By adding Hill shading tool, a reader can see the

relationship between terrain and other things. Digital Elevation Model or Digital Terrain

Model map has been shown in the Figure 3.12.

3.10.3 Contour Map

A contour line connects a series of equal elevation points, the contours have been

generated in the GIS environment with reference to the mean sea level by using the DEM

(Digital Elevation Model) data, the elevation values has been verified. Thereafter final

contour map has been prepared with combination of Toposheet and DEM ith contour

interval of 10 m. In the study area highest contour observed as 30 m of MSL and lowest

contour is 0m of MSL (Bay of Bengal) that is situated towards East direction of the

project site maximum elevation is 9 m of MSL situated towards south direction of the

project site. With reference to the above minimum and contour levels it represents that

the study area is more or less flat in nature. Contour Map for the proposed project study

area has been shown in the below Figure 3.13

3.10.4 Drainage Map

Drainage Map for the study area has been developed in the GIS Environment by using

Digital Elevation Model. Methodology involved for producing of Drainage maps has

been discussed below. Strahler method of ordering is used for developing drainage map

for the study area. Accuracy of the maps has been verified by using Ground Truthing

Technique. Stream Network of the study area as shown in the Figure 3.14.



3 - 48

Fig 3.12 Digital Elevation Map



3 - 49

Fig 3.13 Contour Map



3 - 50

Fig 3.14 Drainage Map



3 - 51

3.11 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Introduction

Study of biological environment is one of the important aspects for the Environmental

Impact Assessment, in view of the need for conservation of Environmental quality

and biodiversity of particular geographical area. Ecological systems show complex

interrelationship between biotic and abiotic components including dependence,

competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprises of plant and animal

communities which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the

Abiotic components viz. physical and chemical components of the environment.

Generally, biological communities are the good indicators of climatic and edaphic

factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental

Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. Information on the important

of environmental stress on the community structure serves as an inexpensive and

efficient early warning system to check the damage to a particular ecosystem. The

biological environment includes mainly terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.

The animal and plant communities exist in their natural habitats in well organized

manner. Their natural settings can be disturbed by any externally induced

anthropological activities or by naturally induced calamities or disaster. So, once this

setting is disturbed, it becomes practically impossible or takes a longer time to come

to its original state. Plants and animals are more susceptible to environmental stress.

A change in the composition of biotic communities reflected to distribution pattern of

natural species of flora and fauna existing in the ecosystem. The sensitivity of animal

and plant species to the changes occurring in their existing ecosystem can therefore,

be used for monitoring Environmental Impact Assessment studies of any project.

Objectives

(i) To study the present ecological status and biodiversity of core and buffer zones

of project areas

(ii) To generate baseline data on flora and fauna of core and buffer zones with

assessment of possible impacts



3 - 52

Study area

The proposed project area i.e. core zone is existing distillery having production

blocks, lagoons, ETP, greenbelt and parking yard. Most of the buffer zone covered

with sparse vegetation like bushes wild Calotropis gigantea, Lantana camara and

some Poaceae species and common trees namely Azadirachta indica, Pongam tree

Ponggamia pinnata, Acacia species, Tamarindus indica, Ziziphus mauritiana,

Borassus flabellifer, Phoenix sylvestris, and Prosopis juliflora etc. Land use and land

cover of the buffer zone doen’t have any National Parks or Wildlife Sanctuaries or

Biosphere reserves or important bird areas (IBAs) or Protected Wetlands within 10

km radius of the project site. Forests falling within 10km radius are namely

Ulavapadu RF 5.8 Km (S), Karedu RF 5.5 Km (SE), Chagollu RF 9.5 Km (S), and

Bhimavaram RF 9 Km (SW). These forests are scrub forest type which covered with

Acacia leucophloea, Acacia horrida, Acacia Senegal, Senna occidentalis, Euphorbia

antiquorum, Diospyros chloroxylon etc.

Buffer zone consists of agriculture fields, fallow lands, scrub forests, barren rocky

area some buildup area etc., Agriculture fields observed were Paddy (Oryza sativa),

Sugarcane (Saccharum officinarum), Maize (Zea mays) etc., legume fields like Pigeon

pea (Canjanas cajan) and apart from those commercial crops like Allium sp.,

Gossypium, Tobacco and also vegetables like Red chilies, Brinjal, Bhendi etc., are

grown in the buffer zone. Mango, Eucalyptus and Casurina plantations occupy about

20% of the area along coast and the rest is Agricultural land. Eucalyptus and Casurina

clones were also widely grown in pure cultures in agro forests for pulp wood.

Methodology

Flora

Vegetation and plant species composition observed and documented during field visit

in and around the plant in the month of Nov’2019 to Jan’2020. Besides primary

surveys in the existing plant, published literature and various floras were consulted to

prepare an inventory of plant species growing at project sites. The vegetation of the

study area is highly degraded and some areas consisting water bodies. The plant

diversity is classified into various plant groups such as tree, shrubs, herbs, climbers,

sedges and grasses. The plant diversity survey in the project area was undertaken



3 - 53

during the summer season with the objectives of preparing a checklist of flora in the

study area. The list included total plant diversity belonging to various groups such as

agricultural crops, vegetable crops, and horticultural crops, natural and aquatic flora.

Fauna

Information pertaining to the existence of migratory corridors and breeding habitats of

endangered and threatened fauna were assessed based on the information provided by

the local inhabitants and forest department personnel. The conservation status of

each faunal species recorded from the project areas were ascertained as per schedules

of Indian wildlife (protection) Act, 1972 and IUCN Red Data Book (RDB).The

survey of faunal elements of core and buffer zone were assessed as per the following

sampling techniques:

Table 3.18 Mode of data collection and parameters considered during the survey

S.No. Aspect Data Mode of data

collection

Parameters

monitored

Remarks

1 Terrestrial

Biodiversity

Primary

data

collection

By field survey Flora and

faunal

diversity

For floral diversity:

Random survey,

Sampling survey/

Forest inventory,

walking transect,

collection and

identification with the

help of relevant

literature.

For faunal diversity:

Direct and indirect

sampling, walking

transect, point sampling

and nest sampling etc.

2 Secondary

data

collection

From authentic

sources like

published

Floral,

vegetation and

forest types

Data collected from the

working plan of the

region, forest types



3 - 54

literature, AP

Forest

Department

books and BSI

and ZSI

published

articles etc.

studied from

Flora of

Prakasam

district and

Flora of

Andhra

Pradesh.

from the authentic

literature of Vegetation

types of India

(Champion and Seth)

Flora of Andhra

Pradesh (Pullaiah et al).

3 Aquatic

Biodiversity

Primary

data

By field survey Floral and

faunal

diversity

For plankton study-

Lackey’s drops method

and light microscope

For other aquatic –

Random survey,

opportunistic

observations

Secondary

data

collection

From authentic

sources like AP

Forest

department and

Fisheries

department

Flora of

Prakasam

district and

Flora of

Andhra

Pradesh.

Phytoplankton,

Zooplankton

and aquatic

fauna.

Desktop literature

review to identify the

representative spectrum

of threatened species,

population and

ecological

communities.

Enumeration of flora

The vegetation in the area is characterized by herbaceous vegetation growth. Trees in

the area are very sparse. Due to long anthropogenic pressures, the wild tree growth

has become almost confined to small trees. The core zone is primarily composed

production blocks, lagoons, ETP, greenbelt and parking yard. Conocarpus erectus is

widely growing in the greenbelt of proposed industry. Large areas of this land covered

with herbs and grasses. The buffer zone composed Singarayakonda town, paddy



3 - 55

fields, plantations and small part of Bay of Bengal. These seedlings and saplings

represent the under growth and replace the shrubby vegetation. The list of plant

species explored from both core and buffer zone (Table 3.19) of the study areas.

Table 3.19 Enumeration of flora in the core and buffer zones

S.No. Plant name Family Vernacular name Habit

1 Abutilon indicum Malvaceae Tutturabenda Herb

2 Acacia auriculiformis Mimosaceae Acacia Tree

3 Acanthus ilicifolius Acanthaceae Alasyakampa Shrub

4 Acalypha alnifolia Euphorbiaceae Herb

5 Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae Muripindi Herb

6 Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae Dechena Herb

7 Aegiceras corniculatum Myrsinaceae Guggilam Tree

8 Aeluropus lagopoides Poaceae Grass

9 Aerva lanata Amaranthaceae Pindi kura Herb

10 Alloteropsis cimicina Poaceae Grass

11 Almania nodiflora Amaranthaceae Gurugu kura Herb

12 Alternanthera pungens Amaranthaceae Mullu ponnaganti Herb

13 Alternanthera sessilis Amaranthaceae Ponnaganti Herb

14 Alysicarpus monilifer Fabaceae Amera Herb

15 Amaranthus spinosa Amaranthaceae Needle burr Herb

16 Amaranthus viridis Amaranthaceae Thotkura Herb

17 Anacardium occidentale Anacardiaceae Jeedi Tree

18 Andrographis echioides Acanthaceae Herb

19 Annona squamosa Annonaceae Seetaphalamu Tree

20 Antigonon leptopus Polygonaceae Railway creeper Climber

21 Apluda mutica Poaceae Poleda Grass

22 Aristida adscensionis Poaceae Paraka gaddi Grass

23 Aristida setacea Poaceae Paraka gaddi Grass

24 Arundinella ciliata Poaceae Grass

25 Arundinella pumila Poaceae Grass

26 Asystasia gangetica Acanthaceae Lavanavalli Herb

27 Atylosia scaraboides Fabaceae Adavikandi Herb

28 Avicennia alba Avicenniaceae Gundumada Tree

29 Avicennia marina Avicenniaceae Tellamada Tree

30 Avicennia officinalis Avicenniaceae Nallamada Tree

31 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Vepa Tree

32 Blepharis molluginifolia Acanthaceae Herb

33 Boerhavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae Atikamamidi Herb

34 Boerhavia erecta Nyctaginaceae Punarnava Herb



3 - 56

35 Borassus flabellifer Arecaceae Thatichettu Tree

36 Borreria hispida Rubiaceae Madanaku Herb

37 Bougainvillea spectabilis Nyctaginaceae Kagithapulu Shrub

38 Brachiaria reptans Poaceae Anda korra Grass

39 Brachiaria semiverticellata Poaceae Korama gaddi Grass

40 Breynia vitis-idaea Phyllanthaceae Erra balii Shrub

41 Bruguiera gymnorhiza Rhizophoraceae Dudduponna Tree

42 Bulbostylis barbata Cyperaceae Sedge

43 Calotropis gigantea Asclepioadaceae Jilledu Shrub

44 Canavalia gladiata Fabaceae Tammakaya Climber

45 Canthium parvoflorum Rubiaceae Balusu Shrub

46 Cardispermum halicacabum Sapindaceae Buddabudasa Climber

47 Carissa spinarum Apocynaceae Vaaka Climber

48 Cassia occidentalis Caesalpiniaceae Kasintha Herb

49 Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae Kajurina Tree

50 Ceriops decandra Rhizophoraceae Gedara Tree

51 Chloris barbata Poaceae Uppu gaddi Grass

52 Chromolaena odorata Asteraceae Kampurodda Shrub

53 Cleome viscosa Cleomaceae Kukkavaminta Herb

54 Coccinia grandis Cucurbitaceae Kakidonda Climber

55 Coccinia indica Cucurbitaceae Donda Climber

56 Commelina benghalensis Commelinaceae Kodukalu Sedge

57 Corchorus acutangulus Tiliaceae Nelabera Herb

58 Crotalaria hebecarpa Fabaceae Herb

59 Crotalaria verrucosa Fabaceae Giligicha Herb

60 Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae Galivanamokka Herb

61 Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Gariki Grass

62 Cynotis axillaris Commelinaceae Golla gundi Sedge

63 Cyperus castaneus Cyperaceae Sedge

64 Cyperus compressus Cyperaceae Sedge

65 Cyperus iria Cyperaceae Sedge

66 Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae Thunga Sedge

67 Dactyloctenium aegyptium Poaceae Crow foot Grass

68 Datura stramonium Solanaceae Ummetha Shrub

69 Desmodium triflorum Fabaceae Munta mandhu Herb

70 Digitaria ciliaris Poaceae Grass

71 Dipteracanthus prostratus Acanthaceae Bell weed Herb

72 Dodonaea viscosa Sapindaceae Bandaru Shrub

73 Eclipta prostrata Asteraceae Bringaraj Herb

74 Emilia sonchifolia Asteraceae Herb

75 Eragrostis poaeoides Poaceae Gobbi gaddi Grass



3 - 57

76 Eragrostis tenella Poaceae Small blade grass Grass

77 Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae Nanubalu Herb

78 Evolvulus alsynoides Convolvulaceae Vishnukrantha Herb

79 Evolvulus nummularius Convolvulaceae Herb

80 Excoecaria agollocha Euphorbiaceae Chilla Tree

81 Ficus bengalensis Moraceae Banyan tree Tree

82 Ficus religiosa Moraceae Indian peepal tree Tree

83 Fimbristylis congesta Cyperaceae Sedge

84 Fimbristylis dichotoma Cyperaceae Sedge

85 Glinus lotoides Aizoaceae Herb

86 Gmelina arborea Verbenaceae Gummudu teku Tree

87 Gomphrena decumbens Amaranthaceae Neeru bogada Herb

88 Hedyotis corymbosa Rubiaceae Herb

89 Hedyotis herbacea Rubiaceae Herb

90 Hemidesmus indicus Asclepiadaceae Indian Sarsaparila Climber

91 Hibiscus vitifolia Malvaceae Nalla benda Herb

92 Hybanthus ennaespermus Violaceae Ratnapurusha Herb

93 Hyptis suaveolens Lamiaceae Sima tulasi Herb

94 Indigofera aspalathoides Fabaceae Nela Vempali Herb

95 Indigofera ennaephylla Fabaceae Yerra palleru Herb

96 Ipomoea obscura Convolvulaceae Herb

97 Ipomoea pes-tigridis Convolvulaceae Tiger's Foot Herb

98 Jatropha gossypifolia Euphorbiaceae Seema nepalamu Herb

99 Justicia procumbens Acanthaceae Herb

100 Kyllinga nemoralis Cyperaceae Herb

101 Lantana camara Verbenaceae Gajupulu Shrub

102 Launaea sarmentosa Asteraceae Beach Launaea Herb

103 Leucas aspera Lamiaceae Tella tummi Herb

104 Lindernia pusilla Scrophulariaceae Herb

105 Ludwigia perennis Onagraceae Herb

106 Lumnitzera racemosa Combrataceae Thanduga Tree

107 Melochia corchorifolia Sterculiaceae Herb

108 Merremia tridentata Convolvulaceae Herb

109 Micrococca mercurialis Euphorbiaceae Herb

110 Mimosa pudica Mimosaceae Attipatti Herb

111 Mollugo nudicaulis Molluginaceae Pedda paripata Herb

112 Morinda tinctoria Rubiaceae Thogaru Tree

113 Ocimum americanum Lamiaceae Bhutulasi Herb

114 Opuntia dillenii Cactaceae Slipper Thorn Shrub

115 Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae Pulichinta Herb

116 Pandanus fascicularis Pandanaceae Mogali Tree



3 - 58

117 Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae Vayyaribama Herb

118 Paspalum scrobiculatum Poaceae Udhalu Grass

119 Passiflora foetida Passifloraceae Tella jumiki Climber

120 Pavonia odorata Malvaceae Chitti benda Herb

121 Pavonia zeylanica Malvaceae Karu benda Herb

122 Pedalium murex Pedaliaceae Pedda palleru Herb

123 Pennisetum orientale Poaceae Fox tail grass Grass

124 Pergularia daemia Asclepiadaceae Duchaputeega Climber

125 Perotis indica Poaceae Indian Comet Grass

Grass

126 Phoenix lourerii Arecaceae Chitti eetha Shrub

127 Phoenix sylvestris Arecaceae Date palm Tree

128 Phragmites karka Poaceae Eela karra Grass

129 Phyla nodiflora Verbenaceae Mosalipappu Herb

130 Phyllanthus amarus Euphorbiaceae Nela usiri Herb

131 Phyllanthus debilis Euphorbiaceae Herb

132 Phyllanthus maderaspatensis

Euphorbiaceae Ranavali Herb

133 Phyllanthus virgatus Euphorbiaceae Herb

134 Pithecelobium dulce Mimosaceae Simachinta Tree

135 Polycarpea corymbosa Caryophyllaceae Bommasari Herb

136 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae Kanuga Tree

137 Prosopis juliflora Mimosaceae Sarkaruthumma Tree

138 Rhizophora apiculata Rhizophoraceae Uppu ponna Tree

139 Rhynchosia minima Fabaceae Nela alumu Herb

140 Rothia indica Fabaceae Nucha kura Herb

141 Ruellia tuberosa Acanthaceae Chetapatakaayala mokka

Herb

142 Sacharum spantaneum Poaceae Rella gaddi Grass

143 Sapindus emarginatus Sapindaceae Kunkudu Tree

144 Scoparia dulces Scrophulariaceae Herb

145 Sebastiania chamaelea Euphorbiaceae Kuruvika Herb

146 Setaria pumila Poaceae Nakkakora Grass

147 Setaria verticillata Cyperaceae Bristly fox tail Grass

148 Sida acuta Malvaceae Chittemu Herb

149 Sida cordata Malvaceae Gayapaku Herb

150 Sida cordifolia Malvaceae Chiru benda Herb

151 Solanum indicum Solanaceae Vankudu Shrub

152 Solanum surattense Solanaceae Nelamulaka Herb

153 Sorghum halepanse Poaceae Gala Grass

154 Spinifex littoreus Poaceae Ravanasura meesalu

Grass



3 - 59

155 Suaeda maritima Chenopodiaceae Ilakura Herb

156 Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae Neredu Tree

157 Tamarindus indica Fabaceae Chinta Tree

158 Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae Vempali Herb

159 Tephrosia villosa Fabaceae Nugu vempali Herb

160 Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae Nalla maddi Tree

161 Thespecia populnea Malvaceae Gangaravi Tree

162 Thespesia populnea Malvaceae Indian tulip Tree

163 Tinospora cordifolia Menispermaceae Tippateega Climber

164 Tragia involucrata Euphorbiaceae Duradagondi Herb

165 Tribulus terrestris Zygophyllaceae Palleru Herb

166 Tridax procumbens Asteraceae Gaddichamanti Herb

167 Triumfetta rhomboidea Tiliaceae Dekki Herb

168 Tylophora indica Asclepioadaceae Goripala Herb

169 Typha angustata Typhaceae Herb

170 Vernonia cinerea Asteraceae Garita kammi Herb

171 Waltheria indica Sterculiaceae Nallabenda Herb

172 Wattaka volubilis Asclepioadaceae Pala teega Climber

173 Wrightia tinctoria Apocynaceae Ankudu Tree

174 Xanthium strumarium Asteraceae Marulamatangi Herb

175 Ziziphus jijuba Rhamnaceae Regu Climber

176 Zornia diphylla Fabaceae Herb

177 Zornia gibbosa Fabaceae Herb

Faunal diversity

To prepare a detailed report on the status of wildlife biodiversity within 10 km radial

area of buffer zone to assess the impacts due to the project activity and evolve suitable

mitigation measures to protect and conserve wildlife biodiversity following

components were studied:

a. Wildlife survey

b. Habitat study

c. Distribution/Status of Birds

d. Threatened category of fauna

e. Specific local characteristics of biodiversity in the study area

Fauna in core zone

Two mammal species i.e. Funambulus pennantii (Five stripped squirrel) was sighted

from this zone while presence of Indian Hare, i.e. Lepus nigricollis was confirmed at



3 - 60

project site through indirect sightings. One species of reptile i.e. Calotes versicolor

(Indian Garden Lizard) and bird species like common crow, Indian Robin, Indian

Roller, Black Drongo and Indian Tree pie were sighted in the project site.

Delonix regia Ficus hispida

Dichrostachys cinerea Acacia nilotica

’ Cordia dichotama

Borassus flabellifer



3 - 61

Lantana camara

Jatropha gossypifolia

Calotropis gigantea Calotropis procera

Agave americana Argemone mexicana

Euphorbia hirta

Tridax procumbens



3 - 62

Tephrosia purpurea

Cassia siamea

Fig 3.15 Flora observed in the study area

Fauna in buffer zone

Additionally reference of relevant literatures (published/unpublished) and dialogues

with local people were also varied out to consolidate the presence of faunal

distribution in the area Systematic account of the fauna along with birds in the study

area with the status of occurrence is given in the Table 3.20

Table 3.20 Checklist of fauna observed in the study area

S.No. Scientific name Common name Vernacular name

Schedule

Mammals

1 Petaurista philippensis Brown flying squirrel Chettu udutha IV

2 Varanus indicus Common Mongoose Mungisa IV

3 Vulpes bengalensis Bengal fox Guntanakka IV

4 Bandikota indica Bandicoot Rat Pandikokku IV

5 Rattus rattus House rat Yeluka IV

6 Rattus nitidus Indian field rat Yeluka IV

7 Pteropus giganteus Indian flying fox Gabbilamu IV

8 Lepus nigricollis Indian hare Kundelu IV

9 Canis aureus Jackal Nakka IV

10 Hystix indica Poprcupine Mullapandi IV

11 Funambulus pennant Northern palm squirrel

Udutha IV

12 Sus scrofa Wild boar Adavipandi III

Reptiles

13 Bangarus caeruleus Common Krait Katlapamu IV

14 Daboia russelli Russell's viper Ralthapinajri Notlisted

15 Ptyas mucosa Ratsnake Jerripothu IV

16 Ahaetulla nasuta Tree snake Pachari pamu IV

17 Typhlops porrectus Blind snake Guddipamu IV



3 - 63

18 Varanus monitor Monitor Liazard Udumu I

19 Hemidactylus frenatus Wall Lizard Balli IV

20 Calotes versicolor Garden lizard Thonda IV

Aves

21 Ardeola grayi Pond heron Guddi konga IV

22 Apus apus Common swift IV

23 Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo kathiripitta IV

24 Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Palapitta IV

25 Merops orientalis Green bee-eater Passeriki IV

26 Turoides striatus Jungle babbler Chataka pakshi IV

27 Corvus splendens Crow Kaki Notlisted

28 Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle crow Adavikaki Notlisted

29 Cuculus canorus Cuckoo Kokila IV

30 Streptopelia decactao Ring Dove Kapothamu IV

31 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Konga Notlisted

32 Egretta garzetta Little Egret Konga Notlisted

33 Eudynamus scolopaceus Koel Kokila IV

34 Lonchura striata White rumped munia Gorapitta IV

35 Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Goruvanka Notlisted

36 Acridotheres tristis Common myna Myna Notlisted

37 Glaucidium radiatum Jungle Owlet Adavigudlaguba IV

38 Athene brama Spotted Owlet Gudlaguba IV

39 Psittacula eupatria Parakeet Chiluka Notlisted

40 Francolinus pondicerianus

Grey partridge Chakoramu Notlisted

41 Columba livia Rock Dove Pavuramu IV

42 Saxocoloides fulicata Indian Robin Kalchuri IV

43 Apus affinis Little Swift Babila Notlisted

44 Milvus migrans Common kite Gradda IV

45 Haliastur indicus Brahminy kite Brahmini gradda IV

46 Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow Vanakovela Notlisted

Amphibians

47 Rana hexadactyla Ordinary frog Kappa Notlisted

48 Bufo melanosticatus South Indian Toad Boduru Kappa Notlisted

49 Hyla arborea Tree frog Notlisted

50 Rana tigrina Tiger frog Kappa Notlisted

Butterflies

51 Neptis hylas Common Sailor IV

52 Junonia rithya Blue pansy IV

53 Preais iphita Chocolate pansy IV

54 Junonia hierta Yellow pansy IV



3 - 64

55 Aethriamanta brevipennis

Dragon flies

56 Brachythemis contaminata

57 Bradenopyga geminate

58 Diplacodes trivialis

59 Orhtetrum sabina

60 Pantala flavescens

61 Ryothemis variegata

62 Trithemis aurora

Aquatic Ecosystem

Manneru River, Karedu cheruvu, Binginipalle cheruvu, Kotta cheruvu and other

seasonal ponds is available in the study area. Plankton is an important component of

ecosystem, which responds to ecosystem alterations rather rapidly. It is due to the fact

that planktonic organisms, which react to different types of water pollution, play a key

role in turnover of organic matter and energy through the ecosystem. This reaction is

very rapid because of relatively short life time and high reproduction rates of the

organisms. Availability of more macrophytes (aquatic plants) and algae, which are

related to the primary production and organic carbon in water bodies, shows the

ecosystem as satisfactory for the normal growth and propagation of aquatic animals.

Methodology

Collection and preservation of Phytoplankton sample: The plankton samples were

collected from sub surface water. In the case of phytoplankton, 500 ml sample water

was collected in polyethylene bottles and 1ml of Lugol’s solution was added for

fixation and preservation. The samples were centrifuged and decanted. A volume of

10 ml was collected in double stoppered polyethylene bottles for further qualitative

analysis of phytoplankton. Identification of phytoplankton was dome with the help of

standard books and monographs (Turner, 1892; smith, 1924, Ward and Whipple

1959).

Collection and preservation of Zooplankton sample: The zooplankton samples were

collected by filtering 100 liters of sub-surface water through plankton net made up of

bolting silk cloth no 20. A sub sample of 30 ml was collected again, in polyethylene



3 - 65

double stoppered bottles and 4-5 drops of formalin and glycerin were added. The

samples were stored for further qualitative and quantitative study of zooplanktonic

organism. The identification of zooplankton was done up to species in most cases,

according to the reference books including that of Ward and Wipples (1959), Koste

(1978), Battish (1992) and Dhanapathi (2000).

Intermediate Egret

Spotted Dove

Indian Roller Rose ringed Parakeet

Little Ringed Plover Grey Heron



3 - 66

House Sparrow

Skylark

Fig 3.16 Fauna observed in the study area

Collection and preservation of macro-invertebrate and benthic samples: Samples have

been collected on monthly basis with the help of Ekman’s dredge, scoop and D-frame

nets. Samples were sieved through a sieve having mesh size of 0.5 to 0.6 mm. The

animals were picked up by hand picking and preserved in 4% formalin solution.

Phytoplankton and Zooplankton

In general, phytoplankton and zooplankton population was low in the water bodies.

Different species from various groups of Phytoplankton & Zooplankton were given in

Tables 3.21 & 3.22.

Table 3.21 Freshwater Phytoplankton from the study area

S.No. Group Species

1

Bacillariophyceae

Diatoma sp.

Gomphonema sp.

Navicula sp.

Nitzschia sp.

Ankistrodesmus sp.

Chlorococcum sp.

Chlorella sp.

2

Chlorophyceae

Closterium sp.

Pandorina sp.

Anabaena sp.

Anacystis sp.

Spirulina sp.

3

Cyanophyceae

Merismopedia sp.

Phormidium sp.



3 - 67

Euglena sp.

4 Euglenophycea Phacus sp.

Table 3.22 Freshwater Zooplankton from the Study Area

S. No. Group Species

1 Copepoda

Cyclops sp.

Pseudocyclops sp.

Nauplius larva

2

Rotifera

Asplanchna sp.

Brachionus sp.

Conochilus sp

Keratella tropica

Trichocera sp.

3 Cladocera

Daphnia sp.

Diaphanosoma sp.

Aquatic flora and fauna

There are several small village tanks on all sides and Manneru river within the 10 Km

buffer zone. Most tanks were either totally or partially dry during the period of

survey. The coast of Bay of Bengal is present within the buffer zone of 10 Km., the

present survey is confined to fresh water environment only. Apart from the River and

the tanks, the aquatic environment is also represented by paddy fields and a few

stagnant water ponds. In addition to these village tanks, drains, and paddy fields

provide the aquatic habitat for a variety of very common aquatic plants and

animals. All the aquatic plant species listed in Table 3.23 is found in the study

area only.

Table 3.23 List of aquatic / semi aquatic macrophytes found in the study area

Scientific name Family Status

Acanthus ilicifolius L. Acanthaceae Locally dominant

Ammannia baccifera L. Lythraceae Very common medicinal plant

Alternanthera philoxeroides (Mart.) Griseb.

Solanaceae Predominant occasionally

Azolla pinnata R. Br. Azollaceae Scattered and common

Brachiaria mutica (Forssk.) Stapf Poaceae Sporadic

Carex cruciata Wahlenb. Cyperaceae Occasional



3 - 68

Centella asiatica (L.) Urb. Apiaceae In localized patches

Chrysopogon aciculatus (Retz.) Trin. Poaceae Occasional

Colocasia esculenta (L.) Schott Araceae Occasional

Cyperus exaltatus Retz. Cyperaceae Locally abundant

Cyperus pangorei Rottb. Cyperaceae Scattered

Echinochloa colona (L.) Link Poaceae Occasional

Echinochloa stagnina (Retz.) P.Beauv. Poaceae Occasional Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Solms Pontederiaceae Extensive and widespread

Ipomoea aquatica Forssk. Convolvulaceae Extensive and widespread

Ludwigia perennis L. Onagraceae Occasional

Marsilea quadrifolia L. Marsiliaceae Very common Pteridophyte

Nelumbo nucifera Gaertn. Nelumbiaceae Very common

Nymphaea nouchali Burm.f. Nympheaceae Widely scattered

Nymphaea nouchali Burm.f. Nympheaceae Widely scattered

Nymphoides hydrophylla (Lour.) Kuntze

Nympheaceae Scattered

Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze Nympheaceae Scattered

Oxalis corniculata L. Oxalidaceae Occasional

Paspalidium geminatum (Forssk.) Stapf

Poaceae Common

Phragmites karka (Retz.) Trin. ex Steud.

Cyperaceae Occasional

Pistia stratiotes L. Araceae Widespread

Typha angustifolia L. Typhaceae Extensive and widespread

Freshwater fishes

Followed by agriculture, fishery is the major profession in the study area. Nearly all

fishermen use traditional method of fishing i.e. trapa, gillnet and cast net. A list of

fresh water fishes is given in Table 3.24

Table 3.24 Freshwater fishes from the study area

S.No. Scientific name Common name

1 Catla catla Catla

2 Labeo rohita Rui

3 Cyprinus carpio nudus Common carp

4 Notopterus chitala Chital

5 Mystus vittatus Tengra

6 Heteropneustes fossilis Shingi

7 Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigal

8 Chanda nama Chand mach



3 - 69

9 Channa gachua Gachua

10 Chana striata Snakehead murrel

11 Barilius bola Bhol

12 Puntius sophore Bhadi punti

13 Oxygaster bacaila Chela

14 Anabas testudineus Koi

15 Oreochromis niloticus niloticus

Nilotica

16 Hypophthalmichthys molitrix Silver carp

17 Puntius sarana Shorpunti

Mangroves

Mangroves were not found during the present survey in Manneru backwaters area.

Mangrove is a tree or shrub which grows in tidal, tropical waters and coastal swamps

having numerous tangled roots that grow above the ground and forms dense thickets.

Assemblages of mangrove woody trees and shrubs are called mangrove

forests/swamps. 14 mangroves and their associates belonging to 9 families were

observed in the study area (Table 3.25).

Table 3.25 List of mangroves in the study area

S.No. Botanical name Family Vernacular name

1 Acanthus ilicifolius L. Acanthaceae Alasyakampa

2 Avicennia alba Blume Bijdr. Avicenniaceae Tella mada

3 Avicennia marina (Forssk.) Vierh. Avicenniaceae Tella mada

4 Clerodenrdum inerme (L.) Gaertn. Fruct Verbenaceae Pisingi

5 Ipomoea pescaprae (L.) R.Br. Convolvulaceae Balabantatiga

6 Ipomoea tuba L. Convolvulaceae --

7 Rhizophora apiculata Blume. Rhizophoraceae Uppu ponna

8 Rhizophora mucronata Poir. In lam Rhizophoraceae Uppu ponna, Kandla

9 Salicornia brachiata Roxb. Chenopodiaceae Kagalu

10 Sesuvium portulacastrum (L.) L. Aizoaceae Vangaredukura

11 Spinifex littoreus (Burm.f.) Merr Poaceae Ravanasura meesalu

12 Suaeda maritima (L.) Dumort. Chenopodiaceae Ila kura

13 Suaeda nudiflora (Willd.) Moq. Chenopodiaceae Eruponku

14 Thespecia populneoides (Roxb.) Kostel. Malavaceae Gangaravi



3 - 70

Marine Ecology

Introduction

The evolution of life forms in the sea has a much longer history than that on land, and

as a result, the diversity of life forms in the sea is far greater than that on land. The sea

contains forty phyla, of which fifteen are exclusively marine, whereas there is only

one phylum restricted to life on land. The diversity of animal life forms is particularly

large in the ocean, where thirty-four of the thirty-seven animal phyla are present. Yet,

the number of known marine animal species appears to be less percent of that on land,

despite the greater space available for life in the ocean.

Biological status of an area is an essential prerequisite for environmental impact

assessment and can be evolved by selecting a few reliable parameters from a complex

ecosystem. Whenever we consider assessment of the implications of environmental

pollution, we must be aware of the fact that despite many changes it may cause in the

physic-chemical properties of water body and seabed sediment, the ultimate

consequences are inevitably of biological nature.

The biological parameters considered in the present study are primarily production,

phytoplankton biomass, diversity and population, zooplankton biomass, diversity and

population, macrobenthic diversity and population, and fishery of the region.

Phytoplankton and zooplankton reflect the productivity of a water column at primary

and secondary levels. Benthic organisms being sedimentary animals associated with

the seabed, provide information regarding the integrated effects of stress due to

disturbances, if any, and hence are good indicators of early warning of potential

damage.

Methodology

Phytoplankton

Few horizontal hauls were made to collect plankton samples using plankton nets with

a mesh size of 50µm and 120 µm. Samples were immediately transported to the

laboratory and preserved in 40% formalin. After thoroughly shaking the concentrate

sample, an aliquote sub-sample (1ml), was transferred on to a microscopic slide

examined. On an average, five such replicates were taken and the results computed



3 - 71

for 1 ml of the concentrated sediment samples and identified using Edmondson (1959)

and Anand (1988).

Zooplankton

For the qualitative and quantitative analysis of zooplankton, an aliquote sub sample (2

ml) was taken from the concentrated sample, after thoroughly shaking and ensuring

uniform distribution of the plankton, were qualitatively enumerated. Five such

enumerations were made and averages were calculated for each 1 ml of sample

(Battish 1992).

The investigation was initiated at the Bay of Bengal coast and followed up to creek

entrance. The total study area is divided into six field sites such as core area, and

buffer area based on the richness of vegetation. Occurrence and distribution of plant

and faunal species were recorded in the core and buffer areas.

Observations

Phytoplankton

Phytoplankton was represented by diatoms, dinoflagellates, blue-green algae and

silicoflagellates/radiolarians. The highest percent group abundance was of diatoms,

followed by blue-green algae while the lowest was by silicoflagellates/radiolarians.

Phytoplankton was mainly comprises by Chaetoceros sp., Rhizosolenia sp.,

Biddulphia sp., Coscinodiscus sp., Thalassiothrix, Fragilaria sp., Lauderia sp.,

Ceratium sp., Dinophysis sp., and Navicula sp. The phytoplankton density varied

from 2500 to 48600 Nos/L.

Zooplankton

Zooplankton was dominated by copepods and larvae of invertebrates and finfish.

Clupeids and Mullets mainly formed the finfish fishery and Penaeus sp. and Neptunus

sp. Belongs to crustacean fishery.

Zooplankton in the vicinity of the proposed project (in study area) is represented by

medusae (Obelia, Liriope), siphonophores ( Lensia. Dimophyes), ctenophores (Beroe,

Pleurobrachia), chetognaths (Sagitta inflata), cladocerans (Evadnae), calanoid

copepods (Calanus, Rhinocalanus), amphipods (Hyperia), decapods (Lucifer) and

larval forms (nauplii, zoeae, megalopas, veligers) with predominance of calanoid



3 - 72

copepods (80-90% the zooplankton density fluctuated from 1700 to 17500 Nos/L.

They include the finfish genera Sardinella, Hilsa, Thryssa, Liza, Johnius, Ambassis,

Pomadasys, Stolephorus etc. The shrimps include Penaeus indicus, Metapenaeus

monoceros, Penaeus monodon etc. The crabs were represented by Neptunus

pelagicus, Scylla serrata and Charybdis cruciata.

Marine Fishery

Nearly 10% of the study area is represented by open sea that is the Bay of Bengal, and

thus marine fisheries are an important aspect of the study area. List of marine fishes in

the study area is given in Table 3.26

Table 3.26 Marine fishes from the study area

S.No Scientific name Common name Family

1 Cirrhinus mrigala White carp Cyprinidae

2 Channa punctata Spotted Snake Head Channidae

3 Megalops cyprinoides Herring Megalopidae

4 Chanos chanos Milk Fish Channidae

5 Mugil cephalus Flathead Grey Mullet Mugilidae

6 Elops machnata Tenpounder Elopidae

7 Labeo rohita Rohu Cyprinidae

8 Velamugil cunnesius Longarm Mullet Mugilidae

9 Liza parsia Gold-spot Mullet Mugilidae

10 Liza macrolepis Largescale Mullet Mugilidae

11 Pampus chinensis Chinese silver promfret Stromateidae

12 Rastrelliger kanagurta Rake-grilled Mackerel Scombridae

13 Trichurus savala Large Head Ribbon Trichiuridae

14 Nemipterus japonicas Thread Fin Bream Nemipteridae

15 Carcharhinus ellioti Snaggletooth shark Hemigaleidae

16 Elops saurus Lady Fish Elopidae

17 Lates calcarifer Barramundi Latidae

18 Tilapia mossambica Mouth brooder Cichlidae

19 Arius jella Blackfin Sea Catfish Ariidae

20 Anabas testudineus Climbing perch Anabantidae

21 Ameiurus catus White Catfish Ictaluridae

22 Sepia apama Cuttle Fish, Shell Fish Sepiidae

23 Pungasius pungasius Catfish Pangasiidae

24 Epinephelus areolatus Hontu Serranidae

25 Parapenaeopsis uncta Parole Shrimp Palaemonidae



3 - 73

3.12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Overview

The socio-economic baseline aimed on demographic patterns, economic and

livelihood profile and infrastructure facilities, risks and opportunities – from the

proponent’s perspective – and to provide policy and planning options for mitigating

negative impacts and enhancing project benefits. Essential elements of the study

approach were its strategic, issues-based and participatory nature. The impact

assessment will envisage and evaluate any potential impacts of the proposed project

on the local community, livelihoods and other social systems.

Methodology

Aim and objectives:

The study area presented in the socio-economic baseline comprises of the following:

Proposed project location – within the limits Pearl Distillery Limited is located

at Old Singarayakonda Village, Singarayakonda Mandal in Prakasam district

of Andhra Pradesh. India.

To identify the potential socio-economic positive and negative impacts of the

proposed project;

To develop attainable mitigation measures to enhance positive impacts and

reduce or avoid negative impacts; and

To develop management and monitoring measures to be implemented

throughout the life of the project.

Procedure and data collection

The socio-economic baseline has been prepared in two folds of secondary and primary

methods.

The secondary data mainly focused on studies include of review of published

secondary data (District Census Statistical Handbooks- 2011 and Primary Census

Abstract of Census-2011), and other govt related govt office and web sources of

available secondary sources of information as well as select primary consultations

in the vicinity of the project area with respect to population, density, household

size, sex ratio, social stratification, literacy rate and occupational structure for 10

km radius study area.



3 - 74

The primary data were collected through Individual Questionnaire Survey (IQS)

and Focused Group Discussions (FGD). Samples of 85 persons are participated

from various communities. Data will be been analyzed by using SPSS. It measures

the impacts on proposed project in various aspects, awareness of the project and

community perceptions about the proposed project and other related information.

District Profile and Population

Prakasam district is an administrative district in the Coastal Andhra region of

the Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. The headquarters of the district are located

at Ongole. It is located on the western shore of Bay of Bengal and is bounded

by Guntur district on the north, Kurnool district on the west, Kadapa and Nellore

districts on the south. A part of North West region also borders the Mahabubnagar

district of Telangana. It is the 3rd largest district in the state with an area of

17,626 km2 (6,805 sq mi).

Brief Profile of the District

Prakasam district is located on the East-side of Bay of Bengal North side is Guntur

district, and South Western side of Kurnool and Y.S.R.Kadapa district and South side

of Nellore district. The 56 Mandals were organized into 3 Revenue Divisions i.e.,

Ongole, Kandukur and Markapur. And remained undisturbed till date. there are 1081

Villages in 2011 Census of which (96 Uninhabited and 985 habited), 56 Mandals

(Rural) 3 Revenue Divisions, 13 towns (4 Statutory as Municipalities and 9 census

towns) and 2 urban Agglomerations.

In 2011, Prakasam had population of 3,397,448 of which male and female were

1,714,764 and 1,682,684 respectively. Average literacy rate of the district in 2011

were 63.08 compared to 57.38 of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male

and female literacy were 72.92 and 53.11 respectively. Total literate were 1,904,435

of which male and female were 1,107,686 and 796,749 respectively. With regards to

Sex Ratio in Prakasam, it stood at 981 per 1000. There were total 378,261 children

under age of 0-6 years sex ratio is 932 girls per 1000 boys.



3 - 75

Demographical details of the study area.


Zarugumilli, 72 villages with 68866 households. The total population in the study area

is 2, 66,709 with male 133273 and female 1,33,436. Children (0-6 Years age) in the

area are 27,237. The SC and ST population are 74,533 and 20,267 respectively. The

total literates and illiterates are 148037 and 118670.



3 - 76

Table 3.27 Demographic details of the study area

S.No. Name No_HH TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 P_SC P_ST P_LIT P_ILL

1 Tangutur 16290 62618 31172 31446 5713 23667 1735 37534 25084

2 Konijedu 1083 4005 1993 2012 321 806 14 2023 1982

3 Ponduru 932 3746 1882 1864 368 1287 194 2098 1648

4 M.Nidamalur 1033 3847 1895 1952 319 1844 2 2486 1361

5 Marlapadu 710 2808 1420 1388 276 1175 35 1720 1088

6 Kandukur 785 3227 1610 1617 347 1541 30 1524 1703

7 Karumanchi 1048 4031 2026 2005 405 2092 223 2172 1859

8 Jayavaram 435 1627 813 814 182 751 52 878 749

9 Mallavar Padu 495 1823 917 906 135 352 139 1136 687

10 Valluru 931 3476 1683 1793 305 1011 43 2342 1134

11 Vasepallepadu 253 1044 532 512 120 412 4 496 548

12 Turupunaidupalem 507 1913 975 938 148 572 157 1379 534

13 Tangutur 7200 27652 13674 13978 2449 10262 720 17309 10343

14 Ananthavaram 650 2447 1247 1200 251 933 122 1462 985

15 Velagapudi 228 972 505 467 87 629 0 509 463

16 Zarugumilli 10882 42866 21617 21249 4433 14912 1699 23838 19028

17 Narasimhanayani Khandrika 358 1465 742 723 173 364 26 664 801

18 Vardhineni Palem 497 1919 999 920 230 421 40 818 1101

19 Patcheva 597 2721 1382 1339 338 1231 46 1237 1484

20 Kamepalle Agraharam 78 244 121 123 20 46 0 125 119

21 Kame Palle 878 3284 1685 1599 355 722 73 1795 1489

22 Chatukupadu 370 1555 780 775 194 996 85 824 731

23 Paidi Padu 886 3428 1730 1698 361 796 10 2065 1363

24 Ramachandrapuram 261 976 494 482 89 384 0 571 405

25 Narasingolu 433 1941 994 947 190 470 30 1036 905



3 - 77

26 Yeduluru Padu 700 2710 1385 1325 264 659 248 1395 1315

27 Chirrikura Padu 520 2225 1102 1123 214 883 45 1401 824

28 Davagudur 419 1601 819 782 131 391 85 989 612

29 Thumadu 416 1458 706 752 126 750 88 912 546

30 Paleti Padumacharlavari Khandrika

66 376 204 172 57 376 0 216 160

31 Paleti Padu 527 2038 1019 1019 187 762 20 1216 822

32 Vavileti Padu 484 2017 1008 1009 205 994 152 1088 929

33 Zarugumilli 1494 5912 3003 2909 579 2883 155 3556 2356

34 N.M.V. Khandrika 24 98 48 50 7 0 10 58 40

35 Nandanavanam 598 2310 1133 1177 226 739 18 1204 1106

36 K.Bitragunta 1276 4588 2263 2325 487 1045 568 2668 1920

37 Kandukur 10182 41523 21017 20506 4219 12108 2253 21135 20388

38 G.Meka Padu 256 1237 634 603 135 653 0 634 603

39 Pandalapadu 331 1173 580 593 119 385 0 758 415

40 Jillelamudi 432 1713 866 847 139 321 47 1037 676

41 Vikkiralapeta 331 1493 753 740 138 545 82 746 747

42 Palukur 1436 5849 2998 2851 605 1800 235 2660 3189

43 Kondikandukur 380 1587 809 778 185 527 7 803 784

44 Kovur 527 2246 1152 1094 175 571 135 1121 1125

45 Anantha Sagaram 275 1115 551 564 150 391 0 557 558

46 Mahadevapuram (R) 954 3512 1771 1741 326 542 491 1787 1725

47 Ogur 788 3319 1648 1671 365 993 114 1793 1526

48 Kancharagunta 181 805 405 400 90 319 0 341 464

49 Kondamudusu Palem 748 2886 1434 1452 263 619 84 1379 1507

50 Anandapuram 584 2547 1310 1237 259 855 49 1369 1178

51 Mopadu 710 3010 1504 1506 298 685 97 1414 1596



3 - 78

52 Machavaram 1632 6415 3259 3156 705 1711 463 3187 3228

53 Madanagopalapuram 94 409 217 192 40 246 120 236 173

54 Palur 397 1730 887 843 182 786 329 995 735

55 Donda Padu 126 477 239 238 45 159 0 318 159

56 Singarayakonda 17272 65784 32495 33289 6937 12099 6481 38145 27639

57 Kalikivaya 669 2340 1109 1231 195 859 31 1183 1157

58 Kanumalla 604 2727 1302 1425 236 332 307 1571 1156

59 Sanampudi 985 4264 2120 2144 467 1996 211 2124 2140

60 Singarayakonda 1344 4924 2492 2432 577 982 1649 2093 2831

61 Somarajupalle 1669 6291 3121 3170 685 1036 1566 3470 2821

62 Pakala 4083 14467 7336 7131 1720 2744 353 7164 7303

63 Bingini Palle 1166 4226 2120 2106 409 803 838 2088 2138

64 Mulaguntapadu (CT) 1858 7145 3650 3495 677 1285 162 5252 1893

65 Singarayakonda (RS) (CT) 4894 19400 9245 10155 1971 2062 1364 13200 6200

66 Ulavapadu 14240 53918 26972 26946 5935 11747 8099 27387 26531

67 Atmakur 464 1818 911 907 170 840 2 1033 785

68 Manneti Kota 732 2877 1462 1415 272 801 554 1592 1285

69 Karedu 3452 12573 6287 6286 1413 1431 2970 5953 6620

70 K.Rajupalem 3385 13106 6480 6626 1372 3786 1733 8059 5047

71 Bheemavaram 1280 5321 2723 2598 597 1837 53 2917 2404

72 Baddepudi 473 1773 899 874 175 792 17 871 902

73 Krishnapuram 329 1505 729 776 203 74 219 489 1016

74 Veerepalle 606 2069 1005 1064 255 511 995 793 1276

75 Chagallu 705 2418 1197 1221 231 421 587 1019 1399

76 Chaki Cherla 2223 8222 4129 4093 1011 937 800 3493 4729

77 Ramayapatnam 591 2236 1150 1086 236 317 169 1168 1068



3 - 79

Economy

The Gross District Domestic Product (GDDP) of the district is ₹35,962 crore and it

contributes 6.9% to the Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP). For the FY 2013–14,

the per capita income at current prices was ₹85,765. The primary, secondary and tertiary

sectors of the district contribute ₹12,875 crore , ₹7,897 crore and ₹15,190

crore respectively. The major products contributing to the GVA of the district from

agriculture and allied services are tobacco, paddy, chillies,

batavia, milk, meat and fisheries. The GVA to the industrial and service sector is

contributed from construction, minor minerals, unorganised trade and ownership

of dwellings.

Agricultural Economy:

Prakasam District and study areas are mainly an agricultural base district with low level

of industrialization and weak service sector. Agricultural economy of the district is

discussed with data on selected aspects like (i) land use (ii) irrigation (iii) cropping

pattern (iv) yield of principle crops and agricultural implements and machinery, which

are presented.

The cropping pattern of district and the changes in it by 2009-10 compared to 1970-71

The percentage of the area under food crops has been reduced from 71 per cent of 1970-

71 to 60 per cent during 2009-10, whereas the area under nonfood crops has been

gradually increased from 28.4 per cent to 40 per cent during 1970-71 to 2009-10. Jowar,

Bajra and other millets are the principle food crops in the district. Paddy occupies about

20 per cent of the cropped area. Among the non-food crops, tobacco claims the pride of

the place in the district as it ranks first in the state. The area under tobacco accounts for

more than 12 per cent of the cropped area. The important non-food crops grown in the

district are tobacco, red gram, sesamum, black gram, green gram and groundnut etc. As

per the World Agricultural Census, 1991 the total number of operational holdings of

Scheduled Castes in the district are 63,581 covering an extent of 1,44,950 acres. The

average size of the holdings in the district is 2.28 and 2.35 for Scheduled Caste and

Scheduled Tribe respectively



3 - 80

Fig 3.17 Workers profile in the study area

INDUSTRIES

The district and study areas have has many service industries like Industrial testing,

Electrical Appliance repair, Clinical Laboratory, Servicing of Computers Hardware,

Tourism, Hospitality industry etc. Major exports from the district include Sea food,

processed tobacco, granite blocks, granite monuments and yarn. There are many

industries of food and agro, mineral, chemical, leather, plastic and rubber,

engineering, cotton and textiles, electronic products. All these industries deals with

Prawn/Fish Processing and Canning, Dairy Products, Granite industries, Drugs and

Pharmaceuticals, Tanning, Fishing Nets, Surgical Cotton etc. Forest based industries

produce Ayurvedic Medicines, Essential Oil (Palm Rose Oil), Wooden Furniture,

Wooden Toys, Bamboo Products etc.

MINING

The district leads in granite mining in the state with discovery of Galaxy Granite in

the Chimakurthy area of the district. Good deposits of coloured granites are located

occur around Uppumangaluru and Kodidena. The minerals found in the district

are Baryte, iron ore, quartz, and silica sand. In 2010-11, 4,300 tonnes of Baryte,

22,722 tonnes of quartz, 2,24,075 tonnes of silica sand and 400 tonnes of iron ore

were produced.



3 - 81

EDUCATION:

The primary and secondary school education is imparted by government, aided and

private schools, under the School Education Department of the state. As per the

school information report for the academic year 2015-16, there are a total of 4,311

schools. They include, 33 government, 2,949 mandal and zilla parishads, 1 residential,

1079 private, 10 model, 37 Kasturba Gandhi Balika Vidyalaya (KGBV), 50 municipal

and 152 other types of schools. The total number of students enrolled in primary,

upper primary and high schools of the district are 562,510 The total number of

students enrolled in primary, upper primary and high schools of the district are

461,065.

Transport

Roadways

The total road length of state highways in the district is 1,184 km (736 mi). The

district is well connected by National highways, state highways and district roads as

well. The NH 5 or NH 16 passes through Ongole which is the major highway

connecting Howrah – Chennai, a part of Asian Highway Network. APSRTC, a state

government public bus transport operates services. All the villages in the study area is

well connected with roads and have frequent transportations in mode of buses, autos

and other private source.

Railways

The district has a rail network of 406 km (252 mi). The entire rail network is

under South Central Railway zone. Ongole is one of the main stations of this district

and most of the stations are under Vijayawada railway division.

Airports

Minister of State for Civil Aviation, has granted site clearance for setting up of a

Greenfield Airport at Ongole.



3 - 82

Table 3.28 Distribution of villages according to availability of different amenities, 2011

Sr. No.

Name of CD Block

Number of inhabited villages

Type of amenity available

Education

Medical

Drinking water

Post office

Telephone

Transport communications

Banks

Agricultural credit societies

Approach by pucca road

Power supply

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 0809-

Tangutur 14 14 (

100) 12 (

85.71) 14 ( 100)

13 ( 92.86)

14 ( 100)

13 ( 92.86) 4 ( 28.57

)

4 ( 28.57)

14 ( 100)

14 ( 100)

3 0810-Zarugumilli

20 20 ( 100)

15 ( 75)

20 ( 100)

15 ( 75)

20 ( 100)

19 ( 95) 2 ( 10)

4 ( 20) 17 ( 85)

20 ( 100)

4 0816-Kandukur

18 18 ( 100)

18 ( 100)

18 ( 100)

12 ( 66.67)

18 ( 100)

17 ( 94.44) 0 ( 0) 3 ( 16.67)

16 ( 88.89)

18 ( 100)

5 0820-Ulavapadu

11 11 ( 100)

11 ( 100)

11 ( 100)

11 ( 100)

11 ( 100)

8 ( 72.73) 3 ( 27.27

)

2 ( 18.18)

11 ( 100)

11 ( 100)

PRIMARY STUDY

Community Perceptions

The primary data collection was subsequently undertaken during process. This

included the collection of baseline demographic and socio-economic information

through a standardized survey focusing on household composition, education levels,

general health status, livelihood strategies, employment, and income and expenditure.

In light of potential resettlement requirements, the survey took the form of a census in

villages of 10 km radius.

Baseline survey has been collected from data of 45 participants from local

communities within the study area to know the community perception. The

convenient sampling method was used to administer a questionnaire on the existing

awareness among the community on the project and its potential impacts. This survey

was focused on various dimensions of economical, social & cultural, health &

wellbeing, economical, personal & psychological and heath & public infrastructure

aspects to assess that significant impact differences about this proposed project. This

study was carried on population living in the 10 villages.

Overall Outcome of the primary survey:

As a part of primary survey, socio economic functional area expert raised different

questioned related proposed and impact due to project. The data is process to bring



3 - 83

out the positive as well as negative impacts due to this proposed project as we

discussed

Economical Impact:

An economic impact analysis (EIA) examines the effect of an event on

the economy in a specified of 10 (core and buffer) km radium of the study area. It

usually measures changes in business revenue, business profits, personal wages,

and/or jobs. The economic event analyzed can include implementation of a new

policy or project, or may simply be the presence of a business or organization. In this

study, respondents’ perception on economical impact were discussed to identify the

various economical impacts. The items of increasing of land, labour cost, overall

income and other related questions were incorporated. The major activities for the

proposed project will be included mainly construction & other associated outlets and

mechanical erection. These construction materials to be used will involve raw

materials which are non‐hazardous in nature such as steel, cement, gravel, rock, earth

etc. Other requirements of the construction will be a usage of i) construction

equipments ii) transportation vehicles iii) skilled and unskilled labour. It is observed

from the respondents regarding economical impact; the majority (85%) of the people

agreed there would be more demand for labour on contract and regular base in and

around study area. If look into the employment, the proposed project need to hire

various position for jetty construction and laying road, filling the land. As a result,

skilled, semi skilled and unskilled people have demand during the construction and

road development. Hence, the people who are technically qualified in the study limits

might be have an opportunity for technical positions such as operators, civil engineers

etc. The people who are illiterate or less educated may have an opportunity as a non

technical and labour during the construction. Due to this proposed project, people who

are in the middle and low poverty line can be benefited through employability. The

people are elevated from below poverty line to above poverty line. It can be also

noticed that local people indirectly might be have source of revenue as facilitators by

providing transportation, food suppliers, petty business etc.



3 - 84

Employment potential – skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled:

The industry is established in the rural region of the state. The industry on expansion

will provide direct and indirect employment to rural persons. The proposed expansion

project is expected to yield a positive impact on the socioeconomic environment.

Social & Cultural impacts:

This domain focused on social and cultural aspect like, effect of migration, culture,

social norms, and other major aspect. It was observed that social aspects the people

who are living in study area need not be relocated their place because the proposed

project is located within the site limits approximately 98.04 acres. It was observed

from the survey; there may not be any out migration from proposed project. But, a

very less people might be stayed due to employability form outside study area. Other

than there is no rehabilitation plan. With regard to cultural aspect, it can be said that

people were positively responded towards this project. Hence, It can be said that

people may not be have break ups with cohesion, may not have any differences in

social and cultural norms due to this project.

Health & wellbeing impacts:

In general, the distillery may generate odour nuisance and fugitive dust from

transportation vehicles. Noise and air quality studies are included in the full EIA and

associated impacts need to refer to the social environment. However, the proposed site

is situated far away to the community livings. Hence, it can be concluded there would

be any negative impact on communities with this project. Another side, the wellbeing

of the local people will be developed in the form of direct and indirect employment.

Public infrastructure & Services

It is estimated that the proposed project would be caused for Improvement in

communication, transport, education, community development and medical facilities.

The infrastructure development, extension of new roads for smooth transportation of

vehicle, increase of private services due to the activity, frequent health camps will be

campaigned for local people. By increasing of connectivity, people have more

opportunities to enrich their business in various sectors.



3 - 85

Personal and psychological Impact

It is observed from personal and psychological context, most of the respondents have

positive attitude towards this project. Participants felt that have more economical and

infrastructure benefits due to this project. In addition, another words, it come to

known people have thought of expression towards encouraging new industries.

Hence, this could be more helpful to the coming generations, in context of education,

business and employment aspect.

Need assessment:

The Primary consultations survey has ascertained certain key need expectations that

are also indicative of the local community’s attitude towards industrial development

in the study area. The Fig 3.18 shows the different needs and expectation of the

respondents in hierarchy with this proposed expansion project.

Source: Primary Survey

Fig 3.18 Need Assessment survey

36% of the persons have a job or working opportunities on regular and contractual

basis.

Participants (27%) expressed the need basic amenities of purified drinking water,

agriculture facilities and tourism support to the local people and other civic

amenities in the study area will be useful to development of communities.

22% said the high quality health and medical related support to the villagers



3 - 86

Conclusion

Socioeconomic study has traditionally involved the use of technical and participatory

analytical methods to anticipate change but also encouraging the life cycle of projects

to minimize negative outcomes and maximize benefits. The study was designed with

secondary and primary source. The primary data was collected within the study area

of M/s. Pearl distillery Limited, sample of 45 participants through survey method.

The early consideration of social impacts, the alignment of activities with regional and

community planning objectives, and meaningful participation of community in

decision making are key features. Apart from the socioeconomic process and findings

it can be concluded that most the respondents have positive opinion about this

proposed expansion project.

CHAPTER – IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 1

4.0 INTRODUCTION

The objective of the impact identification is to formulate Environmental Management Plan

(EMP) to mitigate the probable negative impacts that might arise during the project

activities to the maximum possible extent. Therefore, in order to come to a strategic EMP it

is imperative to identify the possibilities at various project stages, impact type and affected

environmental component, extent and severity. EIA is an activity designed to identify and

predict the impact on the environment, on human health and ecology, taking into account

the requirements of legislative proposals, policies, programs, operational procedures and to

communicate information about the impact. This chapter describes the identification of

impacts, appraisal of various impacts due to proposed expansion in production capacity of

existing grain-based distillery.

4.1 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

This section discusses the impacts of the project activities on the environmental receptors

that stand to get affected adversely by the project. It discusses probable impacts during

various phases of the project lifecycle on the environmental and socioeconomic

components. Adequate Environmental management measures were incorporated during the

entire planning of construction and operation stages of the project to minimize the adverse

Environmental impacts and assure sustainable development of the area.

4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Generally, the environmental and social impacts can be categorized as either primary or

secondary. Primary impacts are those, which are attributed directly by the project and

secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly induced and typically include the

associated investment and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the

proposed actions. In addition, proper planning of activities at the operation phase adhering

extant environmental, situational and guidelines / standards forms the basis of alleviating

environmental impacts and formulating appropriate mitigation measures.

Predicting and evaluating the various significant impacts that are likely to occur. The results

obtained from predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of




4 - 2

environmental quality to derive the ultimate scenario of environmental conditions. The

impacts on the environmental indices viz. air, water, soil, noise, marine, biological and

socioeconomic conditions are scrutinized methodically. Various activities and their likely

impacts due to proposed expansion project have been identified and shown in the Table 4.1.

Table 4.1 Activities – Impacts/Risks Matrix Interaction Environmental Sensitivities

Environmental Sensitivities

Impacts/Risk Physical Biological Socio-economic

Activities

Soil

& S

edim

ents

Wate

r R

esou

rce

& Q

uali

ty

Air

Qu

ali

ty

Flo

ra

Fau

na

Res

erve

Fore

st/

Pro

tect

ed F

ores

t

Liv

ing C

on

dit

ion

Loca

l E

con

om

y

Tra

ffic

Ha

zard

s

On

site

Ris

k (

Occ

up

atio

nal

E

xp

osu

re)

Cu

ltu

re/

Arc

haeo

logi

cal

pla

ces

Tou

rism

/ L

eisu

re

Lan

d U

se

Construction Phase

Site Preparation and

Excavation √ √ √ √

Equipment Transportation √ √

Campsite √ √ √

Erection of concrete pile

structure √ √

Construction of Roads √ √

Operation Phase

Process operations √ √ √

Noise & Vibrations √ √ √

Waste generation √ √ √

Operation DG sets √ √

Handling of chemiclas √

Vehicular movement √ √ √ √

√ - Shows Impact




4 - 3

4.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT


distillery is within the existing premises. The total land available for the distillery is 98.04

Acres and is under the possession of the management.

Construction Phase

The existing plant and machinery is sufficient to manufacture required quantity of 150

KLPD of ENA/Ethanol. However, to produce Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8% v/v from

Rectified Spirit @ 95% v/v for blending with Motor Spirit, it is proposed to set up

Molecular Sieve Dehydration (MSDH) plant within the existing premises. The MSDH plant

includes installation of 2 nos. evaporator columns, allied facilities and final product storage

tanks of 6 nos. The site area is dressed and do not require external surface leveling with

average cut and fill requirements are expected to balance each other. Hence, minimum

impact on land environment is envisaged during construction phase.

Mitigation measures

The impacts due to construction activity and vehicular movement can be reduced by

water sprinkling




To reuse the concrete waste, debris, excavated soil for various suitable construction

activities like road & pavement and filling requirement etc.

Fast growing species of greenbelt has been planned for the expansion project which

will result in the overall considerable beneficial impacts on land use change.

Operation Phase

The main impacts on soil/land during operation will be due to disposal of solid/effluent

waste on land. The distillery effluent (spent lees) is sent to the decanter, where the solid

waste DWGS is separated and liquid waste will go to the Multi-effect evaporator (2x500

KLD). In the Multi-effect evaporator it will be concentrated upto 30-35% solids and the

concentrated solids are mixed with the Distillers Wet Grain Soluble (DWGS) which will be




4 - 4

sold as cattle feed. The process condensate from the evaporator, cooling tower and boiler

blow downs will be sent to Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) unit consisting of Equalization

tank, aeration tank, clarifier and dual media filter and RO for treatment. The RO permeate is

reused for cooling tower make up purpose and RO rejects sent to MEE. The industry has

adopted Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). Detailed solid/hazardous waste generated and its

disposal mechanism is mentioned in Table 4.2

Table 4.2 Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation and disposal details

Type

Existing

Quantity

Proposed

Quantity

Total

after

expansion


Solid waste


shed

Sold as cattle feed

directly

Mixed

boiler

ash

2.5 TPD

2.5 TPD 5.0 TPD


units

ETP

Sludge


STP

Sludge 1.5 TPM


Hazardous Waste

Waste

oil

3000 LPA

(Existing)

2000 LPA

(Proposed)

5000 LPA Sealed

Carboys

To the agencies

authorized by APPCB

Mitigation measures

The solid and other hazardous wastes from the project to be properly collected,

stored and disposed as per the Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 and Hazardous

and other wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.



hazardous waste shall be maintained.




4 - 5

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase

The main sources of emission during the construction period are the movement of

equipment at site and dust emitted during the leveling, grading, earthworks, foundation

works and other construction related activities. The dust emitted during the above mentioned

activities will be very less as the land within the installation premises is flat which does not

require any major levelling. Therefore, the impact will be very less and for short duration.

Exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the construction phase is

also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx, PM, CO and un-burnt

hydrocarbons. The impact of such activities would be temporary and restricted to the

construction phase. The impact will be confined within the project boundary and is expected

to be negligible outside the plant boundary. Maintenance of vehicles, sprinkling of water on

roads and construction site, etc. would greatly reduce the impacts during the construction

phase.

Operation Phase




The existing 30 TPH biomass/coal boiler provided with Electrostatic Precipitator will be

used for the expansion project and 16 TPH (standby) boiler is provided with Bag Filter. The

DG sets are provided with adequate stack height as per the norms and are being used during

power failure only.

Fugitive emission from the distillery includes volatilization of alcohol from process &

storage tanks, dust from stock piles, spills, raw material and fuel handling, loading-

unloading, transportation and open vessel.

Baseline data indicates that Ambient Air Quality at project site and in the surrounding study

area is well below the limits as prescribed under the National Ambient Air Quality




4 - 6

Standards (NAAQS, 2009) and hence the impacts in terms of change in prevailing ambient

air quality status, if not high can be acceptable.

Operation of 1010 kVA DG Set

Power requirement met from APSPDCL and existing in house power generation from 4.22

MW Turbine. Alternate energy from DG sets of capacity of 1x325 kVA, 1x750 kVA and

1x1010 kVA during emergency The operation of DG sets will therefore result in the

generation of air pollutants viz. PM, NOx, and SO2 thereby affecting the ambient air quality.

The dispersion of these air pollutants may affect the receptors viz. village settlements

located in near vicinity of the project site only under exceptional combination of

meteorological conditions.

However, the DG sets will be provided with stacks of adequate height of 7 m so as to

disperse the emanating flue gases without affecting the ground level concentrations, no

significant impact to this regard is envisaged. Additionally the proponent adopts and

implement necessary mitigation measures as discussed in the subsequent section to

effectively address potential air quality impacts from DG set operation.

Air Pollution Modelling

In order to predict the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) at various distances from the

source of the above mentioned pollutants, an air modeling exercise has been undertaken and

is discussed in the impact prediction section below. In the present case, AERMOD

dispersion model based on steady state gaussian plume dispersion, designed for multiple

point sources for short term and developed by United States Environmental Protection

Agency [USEPA] has been used for simulations from point sources. Air quality dispersion

modeling is done through AERMOD to predict the ground level concentration of emissions

in 10 KM radius of project activity.

Model inputs and Results

The air pollution modeling carried out represents the worst case and normal operating

scenarios. The pollutants considered for modeling include particulate matter, sulphur

dioxide and oxides of nitrogen. Meteorological data of 24 hour mean of one period




4 - 7

considered in the study. Ambient air quality studies done during the baseline study were

considered as baseline to estimate the impact of the activity on post project air quality. The

details of the stack and emission rates envisaged from the proposed operation of DG set 500

kVA

Details of DG Set:

Source – 1010 KVA ; Height of Stack – 7 m

Dia of Stack – 0.305 m ; Velocity – 4.52 m/s

Model for Prediction:

Air dispersion modelling is done using AERMOD approved by USEPA. To predict the GLC

(Ground Level Concentration) 10 KM radius from project site is considered. Ground Level

Concentrations (GLCs) for pollutants as mentioned above has been calculated for following:

Operation of 1010 kVA DG set




4 - 8

Fig 4.1 Maximum GLC Increase of PM10




4 - 9

Fig 4.2 Maximum GLC Increase of SO2




4 - 10

Fig 4.3 Maximum GLC Increase of NOx




4 - 11

Resultant concentrations after implementation of the project

The maximum incremental GLCs due to the project for PM10, SO2 and NOx are

superimposed on the maximum baseline concentrations recorded during the study to arrive

at the likely resultant concentrations after commissioning of the proposed project.

Table 4.3 Predicted GLC Results

Particulars Predicted 24-Hour Average

Maximum Concentration (µg/m3)

PM10 SO2 NOx GLC Increase due to operation of DG set 1.36 0.527 0.634 Maximum Concentration recorded in Ambient Air

as Baseline 78.0 12.7 16.3

Maximum Projected Concentration in Ambient

Air 79.36 13.227 16.934

The maximum GLCs for PM10, SO2 and NOx during operation of the project are likely to

be within the prescribed standards for rural and residential areas. Based on the above details,

it can be inferred that the ambient airquality in the study area is unlikely to be affected due

to the proposed expansion project. The above air quality data reveals that even after

considering incremental concentration to baseline air quality from DG set, Ground Level

Concentrations (GLCs) does not exceed limits as prescribed by CPCB’s National Ambient

Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). It may be concluded that impact from plant activities will

be of insignificant.

Mitigation measures


Periodic sprinkling of water on roads to be done to prevent dust carry off during

vehicle movements;


Proper handling and storage of chemicals, product, fuel and raw material to minimize

the chances of any dust or fugitive emissions.

Boiler ash being transferred in closed conveyors to the end users to avoid any

spillage




4 - 12

4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase


machineries, transportation vehicles may go sometime up to 85-90 dB (A) at the work sites.

Generation of noise during movement of vehicles carrying materials and loading &

unloading activities. Generation of noise during the operation of DG sets. Generation of

noise during concreting, hammering, mechanical operations, like drilling, fitting, installation

of plant machineries etc. may be envisaged.

Mitigation measures

Regular checking of vehicles, construction work will be restricted during day time

Provision of protective devices like ear muff/ plugs to the workers. Preventive

maintenance of the machine/equipment will be carried out.

Operation Phase

The baseline data for noise are given in Chapter-3 of the EIA report. No new

infrastructure/machinery will be installed for the expansion project. The existing boiler and

DG sets will be utilized for the proposed expansion project. Source of noise will be

operation of DG sets during power failure for which acoustic enclosure is provided. The

noise is likely to be generated due to movement of vehicles and running equipment’s.

Mitigation measures

Adequate greenbelt developed in and around the project area as an efficient barrier

for prevention of noise propagation outside the project premises.


Free flow of traffic movement shall be maintained.

4.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Construction phase

Construction works for the proposed project will be carried out for the MSDH unit and

infrastructures required only for manufacturing & storage of chemicals. Majority of the

work will be of fabrication type, which does not require much water. However water will be

required for domestic usage & civil construction work. The water requirement during




4 - 13

construction phase will be temporary requirement and the quantity will not be significant as

construction works will be moderate in size.

Mitigation measures

Proper sanitation facilities like mobile toilets etc. will be provided for the

construction workers.

Treatment of sewage from temporary labour rest rooms shall be done in temporary

septic tanks and soak pits

Operation Phase

The total water requirement for the distillery after expansion will be 1746 KLD. The source

of water is from through bore wells from sanampudi village. Recently, the industry has

established its own desalination plant of 4 MLD capacity which is about 7.5 km from the

distillery and the water requirement will be met from the desalination plant.

Manneru River is adjacent to the project site in south direction. No bore wells exist within

the distillery premises and no effluent is being discharged into the river.

The effluent generated from the ENA/ Grain Alcohol production process is segregated as

process effluent (spent wash and spent lees) and effluent from utilities like Boiler, Cooling

Tower, vacuum pump, washings. The company adopted Zero Liquid Discharge scheme. The

condensates from evaporation will be recycled and reused in Process & Make up water

streams.

The distillery effluent (spent lees) is sent to the decanter, where the solid waste DWGS is

separated and liquid waste will go to the Multi-effect evaporator (2x500 KLD). In the Multi-

effect evaporator it will be concentrated upto 30-35% solids and the concentrated solids are

mixed with the Distillers Wet Grain Soluble (DWGS) which will be sold as cattle feed. The

process condensate from the evaporator, cooling tower and boiler blow downs will be sent

to Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) unit consisting of Equalization tank, aeration tank,

clarifier and dual media filter and RO for treatment. The RO permeate is reused for cooling

tower make up purpose and RO rejects sent to MEE. Details of different streams of effluents

generation and potential for recycling of treated effluent are given in Table 4.2 below




4 - 14

Table 4.2 Details of different streams of effluent generation

S.NO PURPOSE QUANTITY (KLD)

Existing


(150 KLPD Plant) 1 SPENT LEES 79 172 2 BOILER BLEED OFF 10 18 3 COOLING BLOW DOWN 10 27 4 WTP BACKWASH 75 117 5 IMFL BOTTLE WASHINGS 60 60


7 FLOOR WASHINGS 10 10 8 DOMESTIC 18 22

TOTAL 639 926

The domestic wastewater is treated in the sewage treatment plant of capacity 50 KLD. The

treated STP water is being used for gardening purpose. The existing treatment system in the

plant is sufficient to cater the needs of the proposed expansion project and as the industry

adopted ZLD, the no major impacts are envisaged on water environment due to the proposed

expansion project.

Mitigation measures

The industry adopted ZLD to treat the various streams of effluents from the process

and washings


landscaping

Rainwater storage pond existing within the site premises to utilize the run-off water

4.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase

As noticed during study and topo-sheet map, the project site is far away from the

ecologically potential area. Hence, issue of impacts on ecology during construction of the

expansion project is not envisaged. Also it has been noticed that impacts on ecology may

occur due to land preparation & vegetation clearing activity. However, identified impacts

would be temporary & restricted to the construction phase only. Thus it has been envisaged




4 - 15

that no major impacts on ecology would occur as the site is far away from ecological

potential area.

Operation phase

Total no. of additional trucks/vehicles for transportation of raw materials, products & man

power will be 1.5 per hour. As the closed tankers and covered trucks will be used for the

transportation of raw material and finished product, there will not be any fugitive emission.

Hence there will not be any fugitive dust generation during transportation of raw materials.

The treated non process effluent will be utilized for dust suppression, ash conditioning and

for on land irrigation after ensuring compliance with CPCB / SPCB norms.

Wastewater generated from the proposed unit may not cause negative impact on terrestrial

as well as aquatic ecosystems due to implementation of ZLD. However, positive impact is

envisaged due to reuse of treated water and use of biodegradable solid waste for greenbelt.

The flue gases from the Boiler are treated in Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) and discharged

through a stack of 50 m as per the CPCB guidelines. There are no rare & endangered species

in the study area. This activity is likely to have a positive impact on local biodiversity.

Mitigation measures

Spent wash being coverted into DWGS which is a high protein and fiber rich feed

for cattle.

Greenbelt developed within the factory premises to improve the aesthetic view of the

locality.

4.8 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION

The project site is adjacent to the NH-16 and at present approx.. 27 nos. of vehicles are

plying to and from the distillery for transportation of raw materials, fuel and products. The

present road condition is good and all the trucks carrying alcohol being transported in

tankers hence there will not be any fugitive dust during transportation.

Good traffic management system will be developed and implemented for the incoming and

outgoing vehicles so as to avoid congestion on the public road. Hence, there will not be any

impact on the traffic load due to the proposed expansion project.




4 - 16

4.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

Construction Phase

The impacts on health and safety of work force are identified to due continuous dust

inhalation, accidents, physical injury during construction, noise generation. No major

impacts are envisaged during construction phase on health and safety of man force.

Mitigation measures

Proper Personnel Protective Equipmentǯs like safety helmet, nose mask, safety

boots, ear plugs etc. will be provided to all workers involved in construction phase.

Proper training will be provided for safety operations.

Operation Phase

During operation phase, the impacts identified are due to accidents during machinery

operation, transportation, loading-unloading etc. Noise generation due to operation of

equipment’s and machineries. Minor physical injuries during operation of equipment’s and

machineries. Constant inhalation of fugitive dust caused due to raw material and fuel

handling, loading unloading. Repeated exposure of workers to hazardous chemicals.

Workers trying to drink Alcohol may also be major impact on health and safety of work

force due to negligence of knowledge. The damage risk criteria as enforced by OSHA

(Occupation Safety and Health Administration) to reduce hearing loss, stipulates that noise

level upto 85 dBA are acceptable for 8 hour working shift per day.

Mitigation measures

Proper Personnel Protective Equipment’s like safety helmet, nose mask, safety boots,

ear plugs etc. provided to all workers

Regular health checkups being conducted for the employees

Proper training will be provided to all work force.

4.10 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Impacts on social environment during operation phase may occur mainly because of the

pollution potentials of the project, hazardous material handling & storage, hazards

associated with hazardous chemical & operations of the project, noise generation, and traffic

load on local approach road. Noise generation from the utilities and other machineries will




4 - 17

be manageable efficiently by provision of noise reduction techniques & technologies. Risk

Assessment study and Disaster Management Plan has been carried out to identify the

hazards due to the proposed expansion project and to eliminate the risk due the same.

CSR activities will be prioritized on local needs, which focus on Health, Education, Social

Mobilization, Infrastructure Development, and Water Harvesting Schemes and to support

Agriculture activities. The production of alcohol will generate large amount of revenue by

way of excise duties levied on the local government. Positive impact would lead to the

upliftment of poor people. Thus, the overall impact of the proposed expansion project on

socioeconomic facet is positive and long term.

4.10.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS

The proposed expansion project will result on positive socioeconomic development in and

around the project site. However the minimal adverse impact on the socio economic

environment would be impacted. Assuming that mitigation measures are incorporated to

minimize potential adverse impacts on socio economics would be expected to be nominal.

Summary of Anticipated Social Impact Assessment & Mitigation Measures:

Impact Area Pre

Mitigation

Significance

Mitigation Post

Mitigation

Significance

Relocation of Local Community

Low/NIL No R&R required for this project Low

General Characteristics and trends in population of region

Low No potential change on

population of region due to this

project & hence no mitigation

envisaged.

Low

Migration trends in study area Low/NIL No Impact on migration trends as

local labour utilized during

construction and very few people

of non locals with necessary

expertise during Construction &

Low




4 - 18

Operation stage

Population characteristics in study area, including distributions by age, sex, ethnic groups, educational level and family size

Low No Impact on population Distributions, and hence no

mitigation envisaged.

Low

Distinct settlement of ethnic groups or deprived economic/ minority groups

Low No Disruption in settlement

patterns of people envisaged

Low

Economic history for the

region

Low/medium Positive Impact due to Increase

of income levels of the region

due to this project

High

Employment pattern in study area, including occupational distribution and location and availability of work force

Low Temporary or regular employment is expected to work during jetty construction period and laying activity.

High

Income levels and tends for

study area

Low Positive Impact - Increase the

income levels

High

Land values in study area Low Positive Impact - Increase land

values around the vicinity

High

Housing characteristics in study area, including in types of housing and occupancy levels

Low No Change Envisaged Low

Health and social services in study area, including health, workforce, law enforcement, fire protection, water supply, wastewater treatment facilities, solid waste collection and disposal and utilities

Medium - Periodic Health Check up of Construction Workers & necessary medication if required

- Periodic Check on Potable Water supplied and good housekeeping practices.

Low

Public and private educational resources in study area

Medium No Change Envisaged High

Community cohesion, including organized community groups

Low No Potential impact on

community cohesions

Low

Areas of unique significance such as cemeteries of religious camps

Low No Disruption of unique areas Low




4 - 19

Archaeological Heritage Sites effected

Low No Archaeological Heritage

Sites are disturbed or lost or

effected in any way and hence no

preservation plan required,

Low

The resulting terms for the overall assessment for each socio economic environment aspect

were defined as follows:

High: impact acceptable if any criterion is awarded as high grade.

Medium: tolerable risk/ impact not acceptable if managed to level that is As low As

reasonably practicable, if the criteria have grades combining medium & low; and

Low/NIL: negligible risk/impact acceptable than all criteria are low or Nil

4.11 OVERALL EVALUATION OF IMPACTS

The evaluation of the impacts of the proposed expansion project on the environment, both in

terms of quality & quantity have been made. The summary of identified impacts and

proposed mitigation measures are shown below in Table 4.5

Table 4.5 Summary of Identified Impacts and Proposed Mitigation Measures

S.No. Impacts Mitigation Measures

1. Air Emissions

Emissions from DG sets

Emissions from vehicular

movement;

Fugitive emissions from

raw material and product

handling

Water spraying to be done on the access roads to

control re-entrained dust during dry season;

All vehicles used for transportation of materials

will not be loaded over and will be covered with

tarpaulin sheets;

D.G set shall be provided with stacks as per PCB

norms and also will be maintained properly;

Nose masks should be provided to construction

workers, while carrying out operations that may

entail potential for dust inhalation

Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution Under

Control Certificates (PUCC) for all vehicles.




4 - 20

2. Noise Generation

Noise from vehicular

traffic / movement

Noise from DG sets

Noise from

loading/unloading of

materials

Sufficient engineering control during installation of

equipment’s and machineries (like mufflers in DG

sets) is to be ensured to reduce noise levels at source;

Proper and timely maintenance of vehicles is to be

adopted to reduce noise levels;

Personal Protective Equipment’s (PPE) like

earplugs/muffs is to be provided to all the workers

at site and it shall be ensured that the same are

worn by everyone during their shift.

Restriction of construction activities during day

time only.

Implementation of plantation development is

expected to reduce noise impacts within the project

premises.

3. Wastewater Generation Proper sanitation facilities will be provided by the

contractor for the construction workers.

Domestic wastewater generated shall be routed to

septic tank followed by soak pit.

The adverse effects of construction work could be

minimized by appropriate selection of equipment

in pile driving or dredging.

Monitoring of salinity concentration will be

undertaken as part of the regular marine water

quality under monitoring program.

4. Land All the construction/site preparation activity will

be restricted within the designated site;

Dust nuisance from construction site will be

suppressed through periodical water spraying at

disturbance area;




4 - 21

Temporary drainage channels should be provided

to minimize soil erosion of solid / hazardous waste

shall be maintained.

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste

handling shall be adopted to eliminate/minimize

the risks of soil contamination.

5. Solid and Hazardous Waste

Management

Generation of Waste oil/ Used oil from DG sets to

be disposed according through SPCB authorized

recyclers.

Domestic solid waste generated at site will be

segregated at source (Organic / inorganic) &

disposed accordingly.

General wastes, scrap metal and wood will be

segregated and will be disposed of appropriately

to authorized recyclers.

All plastic/paper waste will be collected and will

be disposed of to scrap dealers.

6. Socio-economic Generation of indirect employment in the region

due to the requirement of workers, supply of raw

material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which

would marginally improve the economic status of

the people.

Result in an increase in local skill levels through

exposure to harbour operations.

7. Occupational Health and risk

to surrounding community

PPE beinf provided to site workers and staff

member.

Acoustic enclosures provided to DG sets

and other noise generating equipment.

First aid kits, fire extinguishers and fire hydrants




4 - 22

4.12 CONCLUSION

In view of the above facts, it may be concluded that proposed expansion of grain based

distillery from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD shall not impart any adverse impact on physical

features, water, noise and air environment. The proposed project shall generate indirect

employment during construction and operation phase and indirect service sector

enhancement in the region and would help in the socio-economic upliftment of the state as

well as the local area.

shall be provided at requisite locations.

All operational activities shall be carried out in

closed loop.

Community awareness with regards to Operation

activities and Risk and Hazards associated with

the same shall be carried out.

CHAPTER – V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for expansion of production

capacity from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD Grain Based Distillery by M/s. Pearl

Distillery Limited

CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF

ALTERNATIVES

5- 1

5.0 GENERAL

The analysis of alternative is the process of comparing potential impacts and mitigation

options of a series of alternative location, technologies, operation to identify optimal

alternatives that meets national legislation. These alternatives can include variations in

layout, alternative engineering process, routing, linear facilities and screening of material

suppliers to select those with appropriate environmental and risk management system.

5.1 ALTERNATE SITES

As the proposed project is existing unit with production capacity of 90 KLPD Grain

based distillery and now proposed to increase the production capacity to 150 KLPD

Grain based distillery within the existing unit premises. Hence, alternate sites is not

envisaged.

5.1.1 Environment Sensitivity of the Location

Environment sensitivities present in the study area of 10 km around the project site are

given in Chapter 2.0.

1. There is no Wildlife Sanctuary / National Park / Bio-sphere Reserve / Habitat of

Migratory birds within 10 km radius from the project site.

2. There is no Tiger Reserve / Elephant Reserve within 10 km radius from the

project site.

3. There is no Archeological Monument / Defense installation within 10 km radius

from the project site.

4. There is no Forest land in the project site.

5.2 ALTERNATIVE OF TECHNOLOGY & DESIGN

Grain Based Distillery is considered as the eco-friendly alternative for the production of

alcohol. Spent wash coming out from the manufacturing process is protein rich and called

as Distiller’s Wet Grain Soluble (DWGS).

The industry has adopted MEE technology for the existing unit and the expansion

production capacity of 150 KLPD will be achieved by utilizing the existing

infrastructure.

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for expansion of production

capacity from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD Grain Based Distillery by M/s. Pearl

Distillery Limited

CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF

ALTERNATIVES

5- 2

Various alternative technologies for treating spent wash are available. The proposed plant

has adopted MEE technology followed by dryer. The MEE will reduce the quantity of

spent wash generation. In MEE the evaporated water is recycled back to fermentation

process and concentrate is mixed with the suspended solids separated in decanter. This

mixer is rich in nutrients solids and can be used as animal feed. It is called as Distiller’s

Wet Grain Soluble (DWGS).

The following are the merits:

The final spent wash converted to DDGS is rich in protein

Useful as livestock feed

The final output (i.e. DDGS) is not a waste but a nutrient rich by-product

The technology adopted will help in meeting the global protein requirement for

livestock

Zero Discharge Technology

Continuous Fermentation technology for production of Ethanol is well proven technology

over a few decades all over the world. To produce Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8% v/v from

Rectified Spirit @ 95% v/v for blending with Motor Spirit, it is proposed to set up

Molecular Sieve Dehydration (MSDH) plant.

CHAPTER –VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME


CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING PROGRAMME

6 - 1

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Periodic monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the

status of environment during and after commissioning of the project. With the knowledge

of baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any

deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project, to enable taking

up suitable mitigatory steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as

important as that of control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only

be determined by monitoring.

Usually, as in the case of the study, an Impact Assessment study is carried over short

period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or

human activities. Therefore, periodic monitoring programme of the environmental

parameters is essential to take into account the seasonal variation and changes in the

environmental quality due to plant operations.

6.1 OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING

The objectives of monitoring are to:

Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and

thus, provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures

Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and

environmental regulators and provides means of effectively communicating

environmental issues among them.

Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters.

Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in

the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in

management plan, if required.

Find out pollution level inside the facility and in nearby areas.

Compile pollution related data for remedial measures.

Find out efficiency level of pollution control measures adopted.




6 - 2

6.2 MONITORING SCHEDULE

An environmental monitoring programme is important as it provides useful information

and helps to verify the predictions on environmental impacts presented in this study and

assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus,

provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures, and identify the

effectiveness of mitigate measures suggested in the EMP. A comprehensive monitoring

program is given under. The environmental quality-monitoring programme including

frequency of sampling and parameters to be covered is summarized in Table 6.1.

Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Schedule during Construction and Operation Phase

Particulars Method of

Sampling

Frequency of

Monitoring

Parameters to be

monitored

WATER QUALITY

Water and wastewater

quality

a) Sanitary

Effluents/Industrial

Effluents

b) Ground water

quality

Composite sampling

Grab sampling

Once in a month

Once in a month

pH, EC, TDS, BOD,

COD, Cl, SS, Sulphates

As per BIS: 10500

AIR QUALITY

a) Stack Monitoring

(30 TPH Boiler)

Online monitoring

system

Once in a month

PM

SO2 & NOx

b) Ambient Air

Quality

24 hours

continuously

Once in a month PM10, PM2.5, SO2 &

NOx

NOISE LEVEL

Ambient Noise levels Continuous for 24

hours with 1 hour

interval

Once in a year Noise Levels

SOIL QUALITY

Soil Quality Once in a year pH, alkalinity,

conductivity,

water holding capacity,




6 - 3

calcium, magnesium,

sodium, potassium,

nitrogen, available

phosphorus

The results of each monitoring parameter will be carefully evaluated to identify deviation

from baseline environment, if any. Also monitoring schedule prescribed by SPCB will be

strictly followed to ensure the proper implementation of environmental management

plan.

6.3 ENVIRONMENT HEALTH SAFETY (EHS) TEAM

A full-fledged EHS and OHS team is existing in the plant with multidisciplinary team of

professionals, technical staffs and all necessary infrastructures; and Director Operations

head the team. This team will be also responsible for all environment management

activities including environmental monitoring, greenbelt development, ensuring good

housekeeping, ensuring statutory compliance as well as creating environmentally aware

work forces in the plant including the proposed project.

The said team will be responsible for:

Monitoring and Analysis of air quality, noise levels, meteorology, water quality

and other environmental parameters

Implementation and monitoring of the pollution control and protective

measures/devices etc.

Co-ordination of the environment related activities within the project as well as

with outside agencies

Green belt development

Monitoring the progress of implementation of the environmental management

program

Identifying measures to prevent or reduce the wastes itself in the plant area

Compliance to statutory provisions, norms of State Pollution Control Board,

Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) the




6 - 4

conditions of the environmental clearance as well as the consents to establish and

consents to operate.

6.4 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS

The EHS department in respect of operation of pollution control facility will be

maintained following records:

Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities.

Log sheet for self-monitoring of pollution control

Manual for monitoring of ambient air conditions.

Instruction manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameters

discharged from the factory and also for various parameters of pollution control

facilities.

Stationary records as per the Environmental Acts.

Monthly and annual progress reports.

6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION PLANS

To assess whether the implemented EMP is adequate, the project proponent’s

Environmental division will conduct periodic environmental audits. These audits will be

followed by Correction Action and Preventive Action Plan to correct various issues

identified during the audits and to stop the recurrence of the same.

CHAPTER –VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES


CHAPTER – VII ADDITIONAL

STUDIES

7 - 1

7.0 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

As per the EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments, public consultation

is mandatory to seek the opinion of the people regarding the proposed project through

public hearing organized by the State Pollution Control Board.

The issues raised during the public hearing, the response of the proponent along

with action plan and budgetary allocation will be given in the final EIA report and will

be submitted to MOEF&CC for obtaining Environment Clearance.

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

Environmental Risk Assessment is a scientific analysis for identification of credible

risk and thereafter estimating the safe distances from any hazardous installations/

processes in the eventuality of an accident. Estimation of near-accurate safe distances

is absolutely necessary to protect the public, property and environment. Risk

Assessment’ also known as ‘Hazard Analysis’ and ‘Vulnerability Assessment’ is a

procedure for identifying hazards and determining their possible effects on a

community and environment. Risk or hazard by itself is not an event - it is the

potential for an event.

This section on Risk Assessment aims to provide a systematic analysis of the major

risks that may arise as a result of operations of grain based distillery. The Risk

Assessment process outlines rational evaluations of the identified risks based on their

significance and provides the outline for appropriate preventive and risk mitigation

measures. Results of the Risk Assessment provides valuable inputs into the overall

project planning and the decision making process for effectively addressing the

identified risks. This will ensure that the project risks stay below As Low As

Reasonably Practicable (ALARP) levels at all times during project operation.

7.1.1 Objectives of Risk Assessment

The main objective Risk Assessment is to determine the potential risks of major

accidents having damage potential to life and property and provide a scientific basis

for decision makers to be satisfied about the safety levels of the facilities to be set up.

This is achieved by the following:

Identification of hazards that could be realized from the distillery and other



STUDIES

7 - 2

activities.

To control and contain incidents.

Generation of credible and worst case scenarios for accidental release of

hazardous material during transportation, handling and storage of chemicals

Analyze the possible likelihood and frequency of such risk scenarios by reviewing

historical accident related data for the distillery.

Analyze the damage effects to the surroundings due to such accidents.

Conclusion and Recommendation to mitigate measures to reduce the hazard /

risks.

To provide guidelines for the preparation of Disaster Management Plan.

7.1.2 Components of Risk Assessment

The normal components of a risk assessment study are:

Hazard Identification

Consequence analysis

Recommendations for risk mitigation

Delineation of Disaster Management Plan (DMP)

7.1.3 Risk Assessment Methodology

Risk analysis consists of hazard identification studies to provide effective means to

identify different types of hazards during the operation of the facility. This is followed

by an assessment of the impacts of these hazards. Hazard is present in any system,

plant or unit that handles or stores flammable materials. The mere existence of

hazards, however, does not automatically imply the existence of risk. The

methodology adopted for the study has been depicted in the Flow chart given below in

Fig 7.1



STUDIES

7 - 3

Fig 7.1 Risk Assessment Methodology

Consequences of loss of containment can lead to hazardous situation in any industry

handling potentially hazardous materials. Following factors govern the severity of

consequence of the loss of containment.

Intrinsic properties; flammability, instability and toxicity.

Dispersive energy; pressure, temperature and state of matter.

Quantity present

Environmental factors; topography and weather.

Consequence analysis and calculations are effectively performed by computer

software using models validated over a number of applications.

PHAST Lite contains data for a large number of chemicals and allows definition of

mixtures of any of these chemicals in the required proportion. The calculations by

PHAST involve following steps for each modeled failure case:

Run discharge calculations based on physical conditions and leak size.

Model first stage of release (for each weather category).



STUDIES

7 - 4

Determine vapor release rate by flashing of liquid and pool evaporation rate.

Dispersion modeling taking into account weather conditions.

In case of flammable release, calculate size of effect zone for fire and explosion.

7.1.4 Failure Scenarios

A hazardous material can be safe if it is maintained at desired operating conditions

during storage, operation and transportation. For the facility, hazard of any equipment

can be due to various failure causes, which can be categorized as follows:

Human activities such as excavation, drilling, etc. carried out in vicinity of the

installation potentially cause damage to the installation.

Natural calamity like floods, cyclones and earthquakes

Operational causes like increase in pressure, temperature

7.1.5 Hazard Identification

Identification of hazards is an important step in risk assessment study as it

leads to the generation of accidental scenarios. Once a hazard has been identified, it is

necessary to evaluate the risk to plant personnel and neighboring community arising

due to handling of unidentified hazards. The following points are taken into account

while identifying hazards.

Location of facilities involving hazardous materials

The quantity of hazardous material that could be involved in an airborne

release and

The properties of the hazardous material

Details of Tanks farms

The following are the product tanks being stored in the premises shown in Table 7.1

and proposed tanks details shown in Table 7.2

Table 7.1 Details of Existing Tanks

ENA STORAGE TANK DETAILS

S.No. Tank No. Capacity (BLS)

1. ST-4 1,00,000.00

2. ST-5 1,00,000.00

3. ST-6 1,00,000.00

4. ST-7 1,00,000.00



STUDIES

7 - 5

5. ST-8 1,00,000.00

6. ST-9 1,00,000.00

7. ST-10 1,00,000.00

8. ST-11 1,00,000.00

9. ST-12 1,00,000.00

10. ST-13 1,00,000.00

11. ST-14 1,00,000.00

12. ST-15 1,00,000.00

13. ST-16 1,00,000.00

14. ST-17 1,00,000.00

15. ST-19 1,00,000.00

16. ST-20 1,00,000.00

TOTAL 16,00,000.00

RS STORAGE TANK DETAILS

17. ST-18 1,00,000.00

18. ST-21 1,00,000.00

TOTAL 2,00,000.00

Table 7.2 Details of Proposed Tanks

S.No. Tanks Capacity (KL) Dimensions

1. ST-22 80 6 m H x Ø 4 m

2. ST-23 80 6 m H x Ø 4 m

3. ST-24 80 6 m H x Ø 4 m

4. ST-25 600 12 m H x Ø 8 m

5. ST-26 600 12 m H x Ø 8 m

6. ST-27 450 10.5 m H x Ø 7 m

Alcohol storage and handling area firefighting facility

Fire Fighting System as per the OISD-117 Norms.

Foam system for firefighting to control fire from the alcohol storage tanks.

Flame arrestors on the top of all the storage tanks.

Flame proof fitting to all the systems which handles the alcohol.

Transfer of alcohol is by pipes only.



STUDIES

7 - 6

All the lightings are of flame proof.

Water sump with a holding capacity.

Foam Extinguishers inside the warehouse.

Hazards of Materials

The release of flammable gas or liquid can lead to different types of fire or explosion

scenarios. These depend on the material released, mechanism of release, temperature

and pressure of the material and the point of ignition. Types of flammable effects are

as follows:

Flash fire:

It occurs when a vapor cloud of flammable material burns. The cloud is typically

ignited on the edge and burns towards the release point. The duration of flash fire is

very short (seconds), but it may continue as jet fire if the release continues. The

overpressures generated by the combustion are not considered significant in terms of

damage potential to persons, equipment or structures. The major hazard from flash

fire is direct flame impingement. Typically, the burn zone is defined as the area the

vapor cloud covers out to half of the LFL. This definition provides a conservative

estimate, allowing for fluctuations in modeling. Even where the concentration may

be above the UFL, turbulent induced combustion mixes the material with air and

results in flash fire.

Confined and unconfined vapor cloud explosions:

Confined explosions are those that occur within some sort of containment such as

tank or pipe work. Explosions in buildings also come under this category.

Explosions that occur in the open air are referred to as unconfined explosions and

produce peak pressures of only a few KPa. The peak pressures of confined

explosions are generally higher and may reach hundreds of KPa. All the examples

given are vapor cloud explosions, which, in some cases, lead to detonation due to the

confinement of the gas cloud. It is difficult to strictly distinguish between a fire and

an explosion. Quite often, a fire follows an explosion and the casualties are caused

by both phenomena.



STUDIES

7 - 7

Pool fire

This represents a situation when flammable liquid spillage forms a pool over a liquid

or solid surface and gets ignited. Ethanol, Naptha, Kerosene, Motor Sprit, etc. can be

involved in pool fires where they are stored in bulk quantities. These outcomes are

then further analyzed in the risk estimation procedure.

7.1.6 Fire and Explosion Index (F & EI)

F&EI is a rapid ranking method for identifying the degree of hazard. In preliminary

hazard analysis Ethanol is considered to have fire & Explosion hazards. The

application of F&EI would help to make a quick assessment of the nature and

quantification of the hazard in these areas. However, this does not provide precise

information.

Material factor (MF) of the material concerned, the General Process hazards and

Special Process Hazards associated with the product are taken into consideration

while computing, using standard procedure of awarding penalties based on storage,

handling & operating parameters.

As regards the storage area is concerned the major potential hazard rests with the

contents of Ethanol. In addition, F&EI for complete storage area has been

evaluated.

FEI & TI Methodology:

In order to estimate FEI & TI, approach given in "Major Hazard Control" (An ILO

Publication) has been referred. Dow's Fire & Explosion Index (FEI) is a product of

Material factor (MF) and hazard factor (HF) while MF represents the flammability

and reactivity of the substances, the hazard factor (HF), is itself a product of General

Process Hazards (GPH) and Special Process Hazards (SPH).

(A) Selection of Pertinent Storage or Process Unit

For the purpose of FEI & TI calculations, a Process Unit is defined as any unit or

pipeline under consideration for the purpose of estimating FEI & TI. Hence, all the

process units, storage tanks and units handling hazardous chemicals etc. can be

termed as process units. However, only pertinent process units that could have an

impact from the loss prevention standpoint need to be evaluated.



STUDIES

7 - 8

The selection of pertinent process / storage units is based on the following factors:

1. Energy potential of the chemical/chemicals in the unit for flammable & reactive

hazards, represented by Material Factor (MF)

2. Inventory/quantity of hazardous material in the process unit

3. Operating temperature and pressure

4. Past accident record

(B) Determination of Material Factor (MF)

MF is a measure of intrinsic rate of potential energy release from fire or explosion

produced by combustion or any other chemical reaction. Hazard potential of a

chemical has been represented by flowing three Indices

Index Indicates

Nh (for health) Toxic hazard potential Nf (for flammability) Fire hazard potential Nr (for reactivity) Explosion/Reactive hazard potential

Values of Nh, Nf & Nr ranges from 0 to 4, depending on their hazard potential.

Significance of Nf, Nh & Nr values has been defined, while MF is calculated based

on Nf & Nr.

(C) Computation of General Process Hazard Factor (GPH)

Operations or processing conditions, which contribute to a significant enhancement

of potential for fire and explosion, have been identified. Accordingly, numerical

values of penalties are to be allocated. Sum of these penalties would be GPH for the

unit. The penalties include:

1. Exothermic and endothermic reaction,

2. Handling and transfer of chemicals,

3. Enclosed or indoor process units &

4. Accessibility of equipment and facilities with respect to drainage or spill control

(D) Computation of Special Process Hazard Factor (SPH)

SPH includes the factors that are specific to the process unit, under consideration:

1. Process temperature

2. Low pressure

3. Operation in or near flammable range



STUDIES

7 - 9

4. Operating pressure

5. Low temperature

6. Quantity of flammable or toxic material

7. Corrosion and erosion

8. Leakage, joints and packing

(E) Classification of Hazard Categories

By comparing the indices FEI and TI, the unit in consideration is classified into one

of the following three categories based on their hazard potential.

Category FEI TI

Light < 65 < 6 Moderate 65 to 95 6 to 10 Severe > 95 > 10

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION AGENCY (NFPA, US) RATINGS

EXPLANATION OF NFPA CLASSIFICATION

A. Health Hazard Classification

4 Materials which in very short exposure could cause death or major residual injury

even though prompt medical treatment were given

3 Materials, which on short exposure could cause serious temporary or residual injury

even though prompt medical treatment, were given

2 Materials, which on intense or continued exposure could cause temporary

incapacitation or possible residual injury unless prompt medical treatment, is given

1 Materials, which on exposure would cause irritation but only minor residual injury,

even if no treatment is given

0 Materials, which on exposure under fire conditions, would offer no hazard beyond

that of ordinary combustible material

B. Flammability Classification

4 Materials, which will rapidly or completely vaporize at atmospheric pressure and

normal ambient temperature, or which are readily dispersed in air and which will

burn readily.

3 Liquids and solids that can be ignited under almost all ambient temperature



STUDIES

7 - 10

conditions.

2 Materials that must be moderately heated or exposed to relatively high ambient

temperatures before ignition can occur

1 Materials that must be preheated before ignition can occur.

0 Materials that will not burn

C. Reactivity Classification

4 Materials, which in themselves are readily capable of detonation or of explosive

decomposition or reaction at normal temperature and pressures.

3 Materials, which in themselves are capable of detonation or explosive reaction but

require a strong initiating source or which must be heated under confinement before

initiation or which react explosively with water.

2 Materials, which in themselves are normally unstable and readily undergo violent

chemical change but do not detonate. Also materials, which may react violently with

water or which may from potentially explosive mixtures with water.

1 Materials which in themselves are normally stable, but which can become unstable at

elevated temperature and pressure or which may react with water with some release

of energy but not violently.

0 Materials which in themselves are normally stable, even under fire exposure

conditions, and which are not reactive with water.

i. Toxicity Hazard

Health hazard for the Ethanol is equal to one (Nh=2).

ii. Flammability Hazard

The highest flammability rating is reported for Ethanol. (Nf=3) according to NFPA.

iii. Reactivity Hazard

Reactivity hazard rating for Ethanol is zero.

7.1.7 Hazards Associated with Toxic Materials

It is necessary to specify suitable concentration of the toxic substance under study to

form the end-point for consequence calculations. The considerations for specifying

the end-points for the hazardous material involved in the failure scenario are

described in the following paragraphs. American Industrial Hygiene Association



STUDIES

7 - 11

(AIHA) has issued Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPG) for many

chemicals.

ERPG-1 is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that

nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other

than mild transient adverse health effects or perceiving a clearly defined,

objectionable odour.


nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or

developing irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms, which could

impair an individual's ability to take protective action.


nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or

developing life-threatening health effects.

US National Institute issues toxic limit values as Immediately Dangerous to Life or

Health (IDLH) concentrations for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). An

IDLH level represents the maximum airborne concentration of a substance to which a

healthy male worker can be exposed as long as 30 minutes and still be able to escape

without loss of life or irreversible organ system damage. IDLH values also take into

consideration acute toxic reactions such as severe eye irritation, which could prevent

escape. IDLH values are used in selection of breathing apparatus.

TLV: Threshold Limit Value – is the permitted level of exposure for a given period

on a weighted average basis (usually 8 hrs for 5 days in a week).

STEL: A Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) is defined by ACGIH as the

concentration to which workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of

time without suffering from:

Irritation

chronic or irreversible tissue damage

Narcosis of sufficient degree to increase the likelihood of accidental injury, impair

self-rescue or materially reduce work efficiency.

It is permitted Short Time Exposure Limit usually for a 15-minute exposure



STUDIES

7 - 12

7.1.8 Damage Criteria

In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate

the physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material) and to predict the

damage (lethality, injury, material, destruction) of the effects. The-calculations can

roughly be divided in-three major groups:

Determination of the consequential effects;

Determination of the damage or damage distances.

Determination of the source strength parameters;

The basic physical effect models consist of the following.

Source strength parameters

Calculation of the outflow of liquid out of a tank or pipe, in case of rupture.

Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation and

of the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool.

Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material, pool

dimensions and wind velocity.

Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. in some cases of pump discharge line

ruptures for catastrophic cases.

Consequential effects

Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source strength,

relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical situation of the

surrounding area.

Intensity of heat radiation [in kW/ m2 due to a fire, as a function of the distance to

the source.

Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due - to the dispersion of

evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.

It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study

strongly depend upon the type of material involved:

Gas, vapour, liquid, solid

Inflammable, explosive, toxic, toxic combustion products

Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure



STUDIES

7 - 13

Controlled outflow (pump capacity) or catastrophic failure

Thermal Damage

The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation

and exposure time. The effect is expressed in terms of the probability of death and

different degrees of burn. The following tables give the effect of various levels of heat

flux.

Table 7.3 Damage Due To Incident Radiation Intensity

Incident Radiation

intensity, KW/m2 Type of damage

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process equipment

25.0 Minimum energy required to ignite wood, at infinitely long

exposure (non piloted)

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood,

melting plastic tubing etc.

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second degree burns after

20 sec.

4.0-5.0 Sufficient to cause pain to personnel if unable to reach cover

within 20 seconds, however blistering of skin (first degree

burns) is likely

1.6 Will cause no discomfort to long exposure

0.7 Equivalent to solar radiation

7.1.9 Weather Category

One of the most important characteristics of atmosphere is its stability. Stability of

atmosphere is its tendency to resist vertical motion or to suppress existing

turbulence. This tendency directly influences the ability of atmosphere to disperse

pollutants emitted into it from the facilities. In most dispersion scenarios, the

relevant atmospheric layer is that nearest to the ground, varying in thickness from a

few meters to a few thousand meters. Turbulence induced by buoyancy forces in the

atmosphere is closely related to the vertical temperature gradient.

Temperature normally decreases with increasing height in the atmosphere. The rate

at which the temperature of air decreases with height is called Environmental Lapse

Rate (ELR). It will vary from time to time and from place to place. The atmosphere

is said to be stable, neutral or unstable according to ELR is less than, equal to or



STUDIES

7 - 14

greater than Dry Adiabatic Lapse Rate (DALR), which is a constant value of

0.98°C/100 meters. The atmosphere is said to be stable, neutral or unstable

according to the lapse rate is less than, equal or greater than dry adiabatic lapse rate

i.e. 0.98°C/100 meters. In the consequences analysis, the weather condition 2F, 2B,

3D and 5D are used which represents the wind speed of 2, 3 and 5 m/sec

respectively and different stability classes of B, D and F.

Pasquill has defined six different stability classes ranging from A to F

Table 7.4 Pasquill stability classes

Wind

Speed

(m/s)

Day: Solar Radiation Night: Cloud Cover Day and

Night

Strong Moderate Slight Thin

<40%

Moderate Overcast

>80%

<2 A A-B B - - D

2-3 A-B B C E F D

3-5 B B-C C D E D

5-6 C C-D D D D D

>6 C D D D D D

Whereas, A extremely unstable – sunny, light winds

B moderately unstable – less sunny or more wind

C slightly unstable – very windy / sunny or overcast / light wind

D neutral – high wind or overcast / windy night

E stable – less overcast and less windy night than D

F highly stable – night with moderate clouds and light / moderate winds

When the atmosphere is unstable and wind speeds are moderate or high or gusty,

rapid dispersion of pollutants will occur. Under these conditions, pollutant

concentrations in air will be moderate or low and the material will be dispersed

rapidly. When the atmosphere is stable and wind speed is low, dispersion of material

will be limited and pollutant concentration in air will be high. In general, worst

dispersion conditions (i.e. contributing to greater hazard distances) occur during low

wind speed and very stable weather conditions.



STUDIES

7 - 15

7.1.10 Frequency Analysis

Frequency analysis involves estimating the likelihood of each of the failure cases

identified during the hazard identification stage. The analysis of frequencies of

occurrences for the key hazards that has been listed out is important to assess the

likelihood of such hazards to actually unfold during the lifecycle of the project. The

frequency analysis approach for the project is based primarily on historical accident

frequency data, event tree analysis and judgmental evaluation.

For QRA of the project, various accident statistics have been consulted for arriving

at probable frequencies of identified hazards. Based on the range of probabilities

arrived at for different potential hazards that may be encountered during the plant

operations, following criteria for likelihood rankings have been drawn up as

presented in the Table 7.5.

Table 7.5: Frequency Categories and Criteria

Livelihood Ranking Criteria Ranking Frequency Class

5 >1.0 Frequent

4 >10-1 to <1.0 Probable

3 >10-3 to <10-1 Occasional/Rare

2 >10-5 to <10-3 Not Likely

1 >10-6 to <10-5 Improbable

7.1.11 Risk Calculation

Risk Calculation

Based on ranking of likelihood and frequencies, each identified hazard has been

evaluated based on the likelihood of occurrence and the magnitude of consequences.

Significance of risks is expressed as the product of likelihood and consequence of the

risk event, expressed as follows: Significance = Likelihood X Consequence

Table 7.6 below illustrates all possible product results for five likelihood and

consequence categories while the Table 7.7 assigns risk significance criteria in four

regions that identify the limit of risk acceptability. Depending on the position of

intersection of a column with a row in the risk matrix, hazard prone activities have

been classified as low, medium and high thereby qualifying a set of risk reduction /

mitigation strategies.



STUDIES

7 - 16

Table 7.6 Risk Matrix

Con

seq

uen

ce

Likelihood

Frequent Probable Remote Not Likely Improbable

5 4 3 2 1

Catastrophic 5 High High Medium Medium Low

Major 4 High High Medium Low Very Low

Moderate 3 Medium Medium Low Low Very Low

Minor 2 Medium Low Low Very Low Very Low

Insignificant 1 Low Very Low Very Low Very Low Very Low

Table 7.7 Risk Criteria and Action Requirements

Risk Significance Criteria Definition & Action Requirements High “Risk requires attention” – Project HSE Management need to ensure

that necessary mitigation are adopted to ensure that possible risk remains within acceptable limits

Medium “Risk is tolerable” – Project HSE Management needs to adopt necessary measures to prevent any change/modification of existing risk controls and ensure implementation of all practicable controls.

Low “Risk is acceptable” – Project related risks are managed by well established controls and routine processes/procedures. Implementation of additional controls can be considered.

Very Low “Risk is acceptable” – All risks are managed by well-established controls and routine processes/procedures. Additional risk controls need not to be considered

The risk scenario‘s containing hazards with a low probability and limited

consequences can be discarded at an early stage of the evaluation. However, it is

important that the selection of such scenarios be done carefully. It is also always

useful to know the potential worst case scenario of a particular hazardous situation.

However, the worst case scenario is often considered to be so improbable that smaller

and more credible event (called the Maximum Credible Loss Scenario or MCLS) is

taken as a basis for ranking of risk and delineation of safety measures.

7.1.12 Consequence Analysis

Consequence analysis quantifies vulnerable zone for a conceived incident and once

the vulnerable zone is identified for an incident, measures can be proposed to

eliminate damage to plant and potential injury to personnel. The consequence analysis

is carried out to determine the extent of spread (dispersion) by accidental release



STUDIES

7 - 17

which may lead to flash fire, pool fire resulting into generating heat radiation,

overpressures, explosions etc.

In order to form an opinion on potentially serious hazardous situations and their

consequences, consequence analysis of potential failure scenarios is conducted. It is

qualitative analysis of hazards due to various failure scenarios. In consequence

analysis, each failure case is considered in isolation and damage effects predicted,

without taking into the account of the secondary events or failures it may cause,

leading to a major disastrous situation. The results of consequence analysis are useful

in developing disaster management plan and in developing a sense of awareness

among operating and maintenance personnel. It also gives the operating personnel and

population living in its vicinity, an understanding of the hazard they are posed to.

Fault Tree Analysis

Graphical representation of the logical structure displaying the relationship between

an undesired potential event (top event) and all its probable causes

Top-down approach to failure analysis

Starting with a potential undesirable event - top event

Determining all the ways in which it can occur

Mitigation measures can be developed to minimize the probability of the

undesired event.

Fault Tree can help to:

The following are the benefits of fault tree analysis.

Quantifying probability of top event occurrence

Evaluating proposed system architecture attributes

Assessing design modifications and identify areas requiring attention

Complying with qualitative and quantitative safety/reliability objectives

Qualitatively illustrate failure condition classification of a top-level event

Establishing maintenance tasks and intervals from safety/reliability assessments.



STUDIES

7 - 18

Fig 7.2: Event Analysis

Fig 7.3 Fire at Pump House

Human activities

GENERAL LOSS

PRODUCING

EVENTS

Property/Asset Damage

Potential personnel harm/Bodily injury

Liability damages

Loss of earnings/Business and reputation.

Operational/Procedural/Control failure effects

Environmental/ Natural

CAUSE EFFECT



STUDIES

7 - 19

Fig 7.4 Release of flammable liquid

Over Pressure/ Overheat/Buckling

Pipe rupture/leak by impact/Fire Gasket/ Pump Seal leaks

Overfill

Release of Flammable liquid



STUDIES

7 - 20

Classification of common mode failures-Event Flow Chart

Fig 7.5 Common mode failure classes

Engineering Operations

Design Construction

Realization faults

Functional deficiencies

Installation & commissioning

Fabrication

Hazard unidentified

Operational deficiencies

Inadequate quality control

Inadequate quality control

Environmental Procedural

Maintenance & Cost

Operation Storm/Flood/Earthquake/Exte

rnal Fire/Explosion

Subsidence Repair defect

Operation/communication error

Imperfect procedure/test

ing

Imperfect procedure/testing

Inadequate inspection testing or

commissioning

Inadequate inspection testing or

commissioning

Inadequate supervision

Control errors. Temp/Pr/Humid

ity/Static vibration/stress

Inadequate controls

Nonstandard design

Inadequate standards

Inadequate standards

Common mode failure classes



STUDIES

7 - 21

Damage distance (Pool Fire) for Ethanol (100 KL)

Fig 7.6 Heat Radiation damage distance – 100 KL Ethanol

The intensity radii for pool fire reached maximum distance of 27.56 m as per weather

category 5/D at radiation level of 4 KW/m2.

Table 7.8 Ethanol tank pool fire radiation effects

Distance (m) Category1.5/F Category5/D Category1.5/D

Radiation level 4 KW/m2 25.9682 27.5643 26.0882 Radiation level 12.5 KW/m2 18.1423 20.8076 18.267 Radiation level 37.5 KW/m2 11.577 12.3953 11.7065

Damage distance due to Explosion Worst Case Radii

Fig 7.7 Explosion Worst Case Radii – 100 KL Ethanol

The Worst-case radii explosion reached maximum downwind distance of 58.71 m as

per weather category 1.5/F at 0.02068 bar where the impact is minimum due to lower

pressure. However, the Emergency Response Plan should consider this restriction to

ensure adequate firefighting in the area. In addition, thick greenbelt was developed all

around the plant to restrict the impact to the possible extent.



STUDIES

7 - 22

Table 7.9 Explosion Effects

Overpressure Maximum Distance (m) at Overpressure Level Category 1.5/F Category 1.5/D

0.02068 bar 58.714 57.8021 0.1379 bar 35.5808 35.4035 0.2068 bar 34.1842 34.0514

External Events

External events can initiate and contribute to potential incidents considered in a Risk

Analysis. Although the frequency of such events is generally low, they may result in a

major incident. They also have the potential to initiate common cause failures that can

lead to escalation of the incident. External events can be subdivided into two main

categories

Natural hazards: Earthquakes, floods, tornadoes, extreme temperature,

lightening etc.

Man induced events: Aircraft crash, missile, nearby industrial activity,

sabotage etc.

Normal design codes for storage plants have sufficient safety factors to allow the plant

to withstand major external events to a particular level (e.g. intense loading of say 120

mph). Quantitative design rules usually used for seismic events, flooding, tornadoes

and extreme wind hazards as follows:

Seismic

The design should withstand critical ground motion with an annual

probability of 10-4 or less.

Flooding

The design should withstand the efforts of worst flooding occurrence in 100-

year period.

Winds

The design should withstand the most critical combination of wind velocity

and duration having a probability of 0.005 or less in a 50 year period (annual

probability of 10-4 or less).



STUDIES

7 - 23

7.1.13 Evaluation of Risk

Risk is quantified in terms of probability of occurrence of hazardous event and

magnitude of its consequences. The consequence modelling was carried out in order

to assess the extent of damage by visualizing accidental release scenarios for Ethanol

storage tanks, pipeline and pumps. The risk to the human due to accidental

release scenarios is represented in two ways viz. individual risk and societal risk.

Individual risk associated with the various facilities of plant has been

evaluated by analyzing various scenarios which are described in subsequent sections.

Individual Risk

The Individual Risk (IR) level is more specifically defined as the Individual Risk Per

Annum (IRPA), which is the calculated annual risk loading to a specific individual or

group of individuals. Clearly, this depends on the amount of time in a year that the

individual spends in different risk areas. The individual risk calculation takes account

of the fact that people move from one place to another.

When calculating individual risk from major accident scenarios, it is normal to take

account of protection by buildings. Individual risk is typically depicted as contour

plots on overall plot plan of a facility, the risk level falling off rapidly as one move

away from the source of the leak / epicentre of potential explosions.

In particular following expression was used to estimate the Individual Risk (IR) at a

given geographical location for each reference scenario:

IR(x, y,i) = fi. PFi

where:

- fi is the frequency of the accident scenario i (year-1); calculated as multiplicative

factor of the frequency of the initiating event and the probability that the sequence of

events leading to the accident scenario i will occur: fi = fincident i . Psequencei

- PFi is the probability of fatality that the accident scenario i will result at location (i.e.

Probit).



STUDIES

7 - 24

Fig 7.8 Tolerance Criteria for Individual Risks

The individual risk so obtained is then compared with the Tolerance Criteria of

Individual Risk as provided in the figure above.

Societal Risk

Societal risk is defined as the relationship between frequency and the number of

people suffering from a specified level of harm in a given population from the

realization of specified hazards. Societal risk evaluation is concerned with estimation

of the chances of more than one individual being harmed simultaneously by an

incident. The likelihood of the primary event (an accident at a major hazard plant) is

still a factor, but the consequences are assessed in terms of level of harm and the

numbers affected (severity), to provide an idea of the scale of an accident in terms of

numbers killed or harmed.

7.1.14 Risk Mitigation Measures

The major hazard in a flammable storage may arise from pool fire of combustible

liquid. Removal of all ignition sources and maintaining sterile conditions in and all

around the plant area can reduce the risk.

As the existing plant is complying with the safety standards, no specific

recommendation was made.



STUDIES

7 - 25

General Recommendations

1. In case of a spill, mobile firefighting system can be effective in reducing vapor

generation by minimizing surface area exposed to atmosphere in addition to

providing containment.

2. Proper safety equipment should be used & back up of firefighting/rescuing

team to be provided.

3. Other protective gadgets like gloves, DCP, CO2 Extinguishers should be made

available.

4. Electrical fittings of good quality and complying with national or international

standards to be used

5. Adequate training on the storage and handling of the chemicals to the

operators and workers.

7.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is an integral and essential part of loss prevention

strategy. It is imperative to identify the type, pattern and the potential severity of the

hazards, which can cause loss of life, damage to property and environment, and to

assess the vulnerability and risks there from with a view to outlining an appropriate

response mechanism. The DMP is made to encompass all the administrative and

operational programmes and responses to reduce the risk of emergencies of hazardous

events at any point of time during construction as well as operational phases of the

project.

Emergency planning is an integral part of the overall loss control program and is

essential for any well run organization/project. This is important for effective

management of an accident /incident to minimize losses to people and property, both

in and around the facility.

The main objectives of the Disaster Management Plan are as follows:

Minimization of loss to life and injuries to persons

Minimization of damage to environment and loss of assets / property

Adopting effective measures for prompt relief and rehabilitation

Minimizing the outage duration of the facilities



STUDIES

7 - 26

The above objectives are sought to be achieved through the following measures:

Providing information to all concerned on the consequences of the events in

emergencies

Mobilizing on-site resources

Calling up assistance from outside agencies

Evacuation of affected workmen / personnel

Providing necessary first aid and other medical services

Collecting data on the latest developments, other information and requirements.

7.4.1 Key Elements of DMP

Following are the key elements of Disaster Management Plan:

Basis of the plan

Accident/emergency response planning procedures

On-site Disaster Management Plan

Off-site Disaster Management Plan

Basis of the Plan

Identification and assessment of hazards is crucial for on-site emergency planning and

it is therefore necessary to identify what emergencies could arise in production of

various products and their storage. Hazard analysis or consequence analysis gives the

following results.

Hazards from spread of fire or release of flammable and toxic chemicals

from storage and production units.

Emergency Planning and Response Procedures

Emergency rarely occurs; therefore activities during emergencies require

coordination of higher order than for planned activities carried out according to fixed

time schedule or on a routine day-to-day basis. To effectively coordinate emergency

response activities, an organizational approach to planning is required. The important

areas of emergency planning are organization and responsibilities, procedures,

communication, transport, resource requirements and control centre. The offsite

emergency requires additional planning over and above those considered under onsite

plans, which should be properly integrated to ensure better coordination.



STUDIES

7 - 27

The emergency planning includes anticipatory action for emergency, maintenance and

streamlining of emergency preparedness and ability for sudden mobilization of all

forces to meet any calamity.

Types of Emergencies

Emergency in general implies hazardous situation both inside and outside the project

complex. Emergency is termed “On-site” when it occurs within the project premises

and “Off-site” when it occurs outside the project complex.

7.4.2 Different Phases of Disaster

Warning Phase

Many disasters are preceded by some sort of warning. For example, with the

aid of satellites and network of weather stations, many meteorological disasters like

cyclones, hurricanes and floods can be predicted and preventive actions can be taken

to eliminate / reduce their effect.

Period of Impact Phase:

This is the period when the disaster actually strikes and very little can be

done to reduce the effects of disaster. The period of impact may last for a few seconds

(like fire, dust explosion, gas leak) or may prolong for days. This is the time to bring

the action plan in force. The coordinators in organization structure will perform the

responsibilities assigned to them. Needless to emphasize that prompt and well

organized rescue operations can save valuable lives.

Rescue Phase:

The rescue phase starts immediately after the impact and continues until necessary

measures are taken to rush help and combat with the situation.

Relief Phase

In this phase, apart from organization and relief measures internally, depending on

severity of the disaster, external help should also be summoned to provide relief

measures like evacuations to a safe place and providing medical help, food, shelter

clothing etc. This phase will continue till normalcy is restored.



STUDIES

7 - 28

Rehabilitation Phase:

This is the final and the longest phase. It includes rebuilding damaged property,

estimating the damages, payment of compensation, etc. Help from revenue/insurance

authorities need to be obtained to assess the damage, quantum of compensation to be

paid etc.

7.4.3 On-site Disaster Management Plan

The purpose of the DMP is to provide an overview of how the industry addresses the

risks and impacts of natural hazards through a collaborative approach to the

prevention of, preparedness for, response to and recovery from emergencies.

To protect persons and property of processing equipments in case of all

kinds of accidents, emergencies and disasters

To inform people and surroundings about emergency if it is likely to

affect them

To inform authorities including helping agencies (doctors, hospitals, fire,

police transport etc.) in advance and also at the time of actual happening

To identify, assess, foresee and work out various kinds of possible

hazards, their places, potential and damaging capacity and area in case of

above happenings. Review, revise, redesign, replace or reconstruct the

process, plant, vessels and control measures if so assessed.

The emergencies that could be envisaged in the plant are as follows:

Pool fire scenario due to storage of RS / ENA/ Ethanol

Sabotage / social disorder

Structural failures

Slow isolated fires

Fire consequences can be disastrous as they involve in huge quantities of fuel. During

the study of risk assessment, the probabilities of occurrence of hazards are worked out

along with the nature of damage.

Emergency Responsibilities

The responsibilities of the key personnel are provided below:



STUDIES

7 - 29

Site Controller

On receiving information about emergency he would rush to Emergency Control

Centre and take charge of ECC and the situation and assesses the magnitude of the

situation on the advice of incident controller and decides.

Whether affected area needs to be evacuated.

Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated.

Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren.

Organizes announcement by public address system about location of

emergency.

Assesses which areas are likely to be affected, or need to be evacuated or are

to be altered.

Directs personnel of rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire brigade, medical and

other designated mutual support systems locally available, for meeting

emergencies.

Informs Inspector of factories, Deputy Chief Inspector of factories, SPCB and

other statutory authorities.

Gives public statement if necessary.

On completion of onsite Emergency and restoration of normalcy, declares all clear

and orders for all clear warning.

Incident Controller

Assembles the incident control team.

Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to

personnel minimize damage to the plant, property and environment and

minimize the loss of materials.

Directs the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely to be

adversely affected by the emergency.

Ensures that all-key personnel help is sought.

Provides advice and information to the Fire and Security officer and the local

Fire Services as and when they arrive.

Coordination on with emergency services at the site.

Provides tools and safety equipments to the team members.



STUDIES

7 - 30

Keeps in touch with the team and advise them regarding the method of control

to be used.

Keep the site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress being made.

Emergency Coordinator – Rescue, Firefighting

On knowing about emergency, rushes to Emergency Control Centre.

Helps the incident controller in containment of the emergency.

Ensure fire pumps in operating conditions and instructions pump house

operator to be ready for any emergency, which stand arrangement.

Guides the firefighting crew i.e. Firemen trained plant personnel and security

staff.

Organizes shifting the firefighting facilities to the emergency site, if required.

Evacuates the people in the plant or in the nearby areas as advised by site

controller

Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them.

Assembles search and evacuation team.

Arranges for safety equipments for the members of this team.

Emergency Coordinator – Medical, Rehabilitation, Transport and

Communication

In the event of failure of electric supply and there by internal telephone, sets

up communication point and establishes contact with the Emergency Control

Center (ECC).

Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary will shift the

injured to nearby hospitals.

Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary

Keeps a list of qualified persons first aiding workers of the factory and seek

their assistance.

Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements.

Makes sure that all safety equipment are made available to the emergency

team.

Maintains liaison with Civil Administration.



STUDIES

7 - 31

Ensure availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation

center.

He will be in liaison with Site Controller / Incident Controller.

General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency

During an emergency, it becomes more enhanced and pronounced when an

emergency warning is raised, the workers if they are in charge of process equipment

should adopt safe and emergency shut down and attend any prescribed duty as

essential employee. If no such responsibility is assigned, he should adopt a safe course

to assembly point and await instructions. He should not resort to spread panic. On the

other hand, he must assist emergency personnel towards objectives of DMP.

Emergency Facilities

Emergency Control Centre

Office block is identified as Emergency control center (ECC). It has an external

Telephone and Fax facility. All the Incident controller officers, senior personnel are

located here. The following information and equipment will be provided at the

Emergency control center (ECC).

Intercom, telephone

P&T telephone

Fire suit / gas tight goggles / gloves / helmets

Factory layout, site plan

Emergency lamp / torchlight

Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room, locations

of safety equipment, road plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable

zones, escape routes.

Breathing apparatus

Wind direction, wind velocity indications

Public Address Megaphone, Hand bell, Telephone directories (Internal, P&T).

Address with telephone numbers and key personnel, Emergency coordinator.

Important addresses, telephone numbers such as experts from outside,

Government agencies neighboring industries etc.

Emergency shutdown procedures



STUDIES

7 - 32

Nominal roll of employees

Evacuation of Personnel

The area has adequate number of exits, staircase. In the event of an emergency

unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point. Operators have to take

emergency shutdown procedure and escape. Time office maintains a copy of

deployment of employees in each shift at Emergency Communication Centre.

Assembly Points

Assembly points are to be set up farthest from the locations of likely hazardous

events, where pre-designated persons from the works, contractors and visitors would

assemble in case of emergency. Up-to date list of pre-designated employees of various

departments (shift-wise) must be available at these points so that roll call could be

taken. Predesignated persons would take charge of these points and mark presence

as the people come into it.

7.4.4 Off-site Disaster Management Plan

An unexpected emergency could cause serious damage to people, livestock and

property in the surrounding area. This naturally calls for the necessity of evolving a

comprehensive off-site emergency preparedness program so as to combat any such

possible eventuality. Many agencies are involved in combating an emergency in off-

site scenario. These include Government departments like revenue, public health, fire

services, police, civil defense, home guards, medical services and other voluntary

organization. Thus, handling an emergency requires an organized multi-disciplinary

approach. The off-site emergency plan should aim at reducing the probability and

severity of the sufferings of the people and the damage to property by clearly

identifying the role of all agencies involved in combating an emergency. The scope of

the offsite plan is to

Protect the inhabitation around the hazardous areas against exposure to fire,

toxic gases by providing alternate and safe shelter and evacuating them, if

necessary

Ensure their subsistence during the stay in camp

To protect and safeguard the property and belongings of the evacuated sections

of the population until their return



STUDIES

7 - 33

To take adequate measures for their rehabilitation.

Management Plan for Natural Disasters

The management plan to tackle emergencies arising due to natural disasters like

earthquake, flood. cyclone etc. is detailed below

Earthquake

Prakasam comes under seismic zone-III (Moderate) as shown in Fig 7.9. All structures

in the plant are designed with appropriate/internationally accepted safety margins. The

structural mitigation in earthquake prone areas includes seismic retrofits of property

and the securing of items inside a building to enhance household seismic safety. It

may include the mounting of furniture and other equipment to the walls.

Fig 7.9 Seismic zones in India



STUDIES

7 - 34

Floods

Floods are a recurrent phenomenon, which cause huge loss of lives and damage to

livelihood systems, property, infrastructure and public utilities. It is a cause for

concern that flood related damages shown an increasing trend.

Following are measures to be taken in case of floods:

Focus resources on minimizing the spread of water into other areas of the

plant

Protect property and records by removing items from floors and /or covering

with water resistant coverings.

Attempt to move items of value to "higher ground" if possible.

Evacuate personnel as needed. Utilize the fire alarm system if an immediate

evacuation is required.

Cyclones and Severe Storms

Cyclones are classified into five different levels on the basis of wind speed. They are

further divided into the following categories to their capacity to cause damage:

Prakasam district falls under Very High Damage risk zone – B as shown in Fig 7.10

below

Table 7.10 Category of Cyclone

Cyclone Category Wind Speed in km/h Damage Capacity

01 120-150 Minimal

02 150-180 Moderate

03 180-210 Extensive

04 210-250 Extreme

05 250 and above Catastrophic



STUDIES

7 - 35

Fig 7.10 Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map

Tsunami

Tsunami has very long wavelengths and travel through the ocean at more

than 700 km/h. Sometimes there appears to be just one wave but often there are

multiple waves travelling a few minutes apart. The first sign of the arrival of a

tsunami may actually be the sea level falling and bays appearing to empty. However

as the wave approaches shore and the water shallows, it slows down. The wave



STUDIES

7 - 36

rapidly bunches up as the faster rear sections catch up with the slower front sections

resulting in the wave growing in height the closer it gets to shore.

Heat Wave

In recent years, excessive heat has caused more deaths than other weather events. A

heat wave is a prolonged period of excessive heat, often combined with excessive

humidity. Generally, temperatures are 10 degrees or more above the average high

temperature for the region during summer months, last for a long period of time

and occur with high humidity as well.

The heat waves are seasonal and lasts from April to June, the chances of getting a heat

stroke are high during this period. Heat stroke (also known as sunstroke) is a life-

threatening condition in which a person’s temperature control system stops working

and the body is unable to cool itself.

7.4.5 Responsibilities of the Local Authorities

For the local authorities and Govt. departments to fulfill their aims and

responsibilities, in-hand information should be available to anticipate the development

of believable accidents. Industrial operators should, therefore, provide appropriately

structured input to assist the emergency management planning authorities in planning

and operating off-site emergency procedures. The actions and responsibilities

expected from concerned government department are listed below

Fire Services

It is to combat fire and carry out other emergency operations as per the need. Even in

a disaster not involving fire the fire brigade could be of good help, inside the plant and

outside, in view of their specialized equipment’s and expertise in rescue and relief.

Responsibilities

To reach the accident spot as soon as possible with all necessary equipment to

extinguish the fire

To provide all other necessary help depending on nature of emergency

Police Department:

Maintain law and order situation around the premises



STUDIES

7 - 37

To control the traffic to facilitate the victims to reach hospitals as early as

possible

To restrict entry of any unauthorized persons

Shifting injured persons and causalities to nearby hospitals

To assist in firefighting and other emergency operations

Medical Department

Hospitals are required to provide first aid, treatment, and also to arrange for removal

of victims/casualties. Prompt and efficient medical aid is important in an emergency

situation. The first center, inside the industrial premises, cannot cope up with all the

treatment requirements.

Depute doctors and nurses to site with ambulance

To provide immediate medical relief to casualties

Augmentation of equipment, drugs and doctors

To provide first aid on the spot to casualties

To take all out efforts on war-footing to save maximum lives

District Administration

Civil administration is meant to provide overall supervision of all off-site emergency

operations including order to evacuate off-site population. Local administration means

those who are responsible for administration of the geographical area where the

industrial facility is located.

To protect the citizens

To assess the situation for overall control

To monitor the functioning and need of various agencies in rescue operation

To coordinate the activities outside the industrial facility in view of their

authority and experience in coordinating rescue and relief operations.

Controller of Explosives and Factory Inspectorate

These authorities are meant to provide expert advice and help in coordinating

emergency operations with government agencies. The inspector of factories is

expected to be friend and a guide to industrial establishments. His involvement is a

matter of course since he would be officially connected with inquiries after the

disaster.



STUDIES

7 - 38

To coordinate with local government body e.g., civil administration, civil

hospital, police department, etc., as well as surrounding voluntary

organizations

To act as off-site emergency controlling authority

To inform public for precautionary

7.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

In order to ensure good health of workers, regular health check-up of the plant

workers would be carried out. Occupational health surveillance programme will be

taken as a regular exercise for all the employees and their record will be maintained.

Production of ethanol involve storage handling and use of several chemicals. Some of

these chemicals are toxic and hazardous in nature. Information about these chemicals

is therefore important for the safety of the employees and the plant. Besides, the

health status of the employees is also important which may be affected due to

exposure to these chemicals. The exposures may be sudden and accidental or for a

long period. In both the cases there will be different health effects. Therefore, safety

measures dealing with these chemicals are of vital importance.

Health and Safety aspects of the Chemicals

Ethyl Alcohol: Ethyl Alcohol is a flammable liquid requiring a red label by DOT. Its

flash point 12C (closed cup). Vapour concentration between 3.3% and 19.0% by

volume in air is explosive. It reacts vigorously with oxidizing materials. TLV for 8 hr.

is 1000 ppm (ACGIH). Minimum identifiable concentration has been reported as 350

ppm. Exposure to concentrations of 5000 - 10000 ppm results in irritation of eyes and

mucous membranes of the upper respiratory tract.

Table 7.11 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol

mg/l Ppm Effects in human

10-20 5300 – 10640 Some transient coughing and smarting of eyes

and nose, not tolerable

30 15960 Continuous lacrimation and marked coughing;

could be tolerated with discomfort

40 21280 Just tolerable for short period

> 40 > 21280 Intolerable



STUDIES

7 - 39

Occupational Health Surveillance (OHS) is being undertaken as regular exercise for

all the employees specifically for those engaged in handling hazardous substances. All

the first aid facilities are provided in the Occupational Health Centre. The medical

records of each employee being maintained separately. Occupational health centre for

medical examination of employees with all the basic facilities established with in the

plant. The noise levels in critical area shall be monitored regularly and the workers at

high noise level generating areas should undergo audiometric tests once in six months.

7.6 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT (R & R) ACTION PLAN

The proposed project is expansion of production capacity within the existing

premises. Hence, no Rehabilitation & Resettlement Action Plan has been envisaged in

the proposed expansion project.

CHAPTER –VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS


CHAPTER - VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

8 - 1

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited has an existing 90 KLPD grain based distillery at Old

Singarayakonda, Prakasam district, Andhra Pradesh. The company is now proposing to

expand its existing grain based distillery plant from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD along with

35 TPD CO2 plant within the existing plant. The project would have many benefits to the

state of which some are mentioned below:

1. The ethanol production would help in achieving the Govt. of India target of

making India a 10% ethanol blended fuel consuming country.

2. The operation of industry would generate opportunities for the transportation of

raw materials, products, etc.

3. With the enhancement of production capacity the socio-economic status of the

local people.

8.1 PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The project expansion will provide benefits to farmers and labors; better and purer the

raw material quality better will be the finished product of the industry. Both of them can

get better pricing. The project proponent will dedicate Corporate Social Responsibility

(CSR) activities, which will be utilized for various physical and social infrastructure

developmental programme such as roads, educational facilities, sanitation facilities,

medical facilities, welfare activities, etc.

8.2 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

At present 254 people are working in the plant and 50 nos. employment for proposed

expansion project. However, indirect employment in various forms i.e. transportation,

refreshment stalls, daily commodity shops, etc. will be generated in the proposed

expansion.

8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS

The plant has already implemented Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) technology. Hence,

there is no discharge of liquid effluent outside factory premises. The technology used for

ZLD is treatment of spent wash which is a known pollutant in decantation process


CHAPTER - VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

8 - 2

followed by MEE. After which it is being converted to DWGS, which is used as cattle

feed. Greenbelt development within the premises will help in improving the diversity of

faunal species and also will cleanse the air off the pollutant.

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

To the extent of its installed capacity, production of fuel ethanol improves energy

security & self-sufficiency and saving of foreign exchange for the country

Alcohol is a source of a large amount of revenue by way of excise duty levied by

the Govt. on alcoholic liquors.

The nutrients present in the spent wash can be used as a cattle feed after

converting it to DDGS.

The rural economy will get a big boost due to purchase of large quantity of grain,

rice husk etc.

CHAPTER –IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -1

9.0 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides a description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that

mitigative measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of

the EIA. Based on the evaluation of impacts and baseline conditions, an Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) has been delineated to mitigate the adverse impacts. The EMP

includes formulation, implementation and monitoring of environmental protection

measures. The EMP features guidelines and methodologies to be adopted at different

stages of the project for mitigating the impacts due to various activities. Thus, it is a

planned and integrated programme aimed at ensuring that both identified and unidentified

impacts that may arise during the various phases of the project are brought to an

acceptable level.

9.1 OBJECTIVES OF EMP

To suggest the formation of Environment Monitoring Committee responsible for

implementation of environmental control & protective measures as well as

monitoring of such implementation.

To ensure project proponents are compliant with all laws and approval conditions.

Continuous environmental monitoring

Facilitate a continual review of post construction and operation activities.

To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impact and to

maximize beneficial impacts like.

Preparation of afforestation or Greenbelt Development scheme.

9.2 EMP DURING VARIOUS PROJECT PHASES

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure a safe and clean

environment. The desired results from the environmental mitigation measures proposed

in the project may not be obtained without a management plan to assure its proper

implementation and function. The EMP envisages the plans for the proper

implementation of mitigation measures to reduce the adverse impacts arising out of the

project activities. EMP has been prepared addressing the issues like:



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -2

Pollution control/mitigation measures for abatement of the undesirable impacts

caused during the construction and operation phase of the project.

Details of management plans (air pollution control devices/measures, solid waste

management plan etc.).

Post project environmental monitoring programme to be undertaken

Expenditures for environmental protection measures and budget for EMP.

The environmental management plan has to be implemented to minimize the adverse

impact on environment such as reduction in atmospheric emissions, liquid wastes, solid

wastes and noise generation.

9.3 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SAFETY (EHS) MANAGEMENT

The industry has a well laid Environmental Health Safety Management Cell to ensure

effective implementation of Environmental Management Plan. The team consists of

officers from various departments to co-ordinate the activities concerned with

management and implementation of the environmental control measures. This team will

undertake the activity of monitoring the stack emissions, ambient air quality, noise level,

safety etc. either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary.

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters being carried out to find out any

deterioration in environmental quality and to take corrective steps.

The Environmental Management Cell also collects the data about health of workers,

greenbelt development etc. Organogram of the EHS & OHS Team members is provided

as Annexure-VII

9.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE


distillery is within the existing premises. The total land available for the distillery 98.04

Acres is under the possession of the management and no new land is required. The

existing plant and machinery is sufficient to manufacture required quantity of 150 KLPD

of ENA/Ethanol (AA@ 99.8% v/v). However, to produce Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8%

v/v from Rectified Spirit @ 95% v/v for blending with Motor Spirit, it is proposed to set



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -3

up Molecular Sieve Dehydration (MSDH) plant within the existing premises. The MSDH

plant includes installation of 2 nos. evaporator columns, allied facilities and final product

storage tanks of 6 nos. The site area is dressed and do not require external surface

leveling with average cut and fill requirements are expected to balance each other.

9.4.1 Site Preparation

Since the project site terrain is flat and vacant land, minimal levelling is required.

Construction water will be drawn from rain water pond in the existing installation

facility. During dry weather conditions, dust may be generated by activities like

excavation and transportation. The dust will be suppressed using water sprinkling or by

installing temporary dust barriers.

9.4.2 Air Environment

Construction phase will be for a short period and hence the impacts will also be for short

and temporary period. Air quality around the project will be marginally impacted during

construction & installation stage. Various activities especially related to loose material

likely to cause generation of dust that will adversely impact the air quality of the

surrounding area of the project site. To minimize such impact following measures shall

be taken:

All the loose material either stacked or transported shall be provided with suitable

covering such as tarpaulin.

Vehicles and equipment’s will be periodically checked for pollutant emissions

against stipulated norms.

Water sprinkling shall be done at the location where dust generation is

anticipated.

DG sets shall be provided acoustic enclosure with adequate stack height.

9.4.3 Water Environment

Construction water will be drawn from rain water pond in the existing installation

facility. Water quantity being small, no major impact on existing water resources of the



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -4

study area is envisaged. Proper and sufficient temporary sanitary facilities will be

provided to construction workers to maintain all hygienic conditions at site.

9.4.4 Noise Environment

The noise impact on the surrounding population during the construction phase will be

below the standards. High noise generating equipment, if any used, will not be operated

during the night to eliminate any possible discomfort to the nearby residents. The

predominant noise levels will be confined to the work zones in the installation facility.

9.4.5 Solid Waste Management

During the construction phase, whatever quantity of construction waste is

generated shall be stored at a designated site within the premises to prevent

scattered discharge on land and disposed of at the designated disposal site.

Care shall be taken to ensure that temporary stacking and transportation shall not

cause any disturbance to the surrounding environment.

All proper safety measures shall be adopted by the workers handling the waste

9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FOR OPERATION PHASE

Environmental impacts during the operation phase can be attributed to handling of

chemicals, distillery operation, utilities and services etc.

9.5.1 Air Environment

The steam requirement for the distillery is being met from the 30 TPH boiler. The fuel

used for the 30 TPH Boiler is Biomass/Coal. Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) has been

provided as air pollution control equipment in order to bring down the particulate matter

in the exhaust gas to comply with the norms stipulated by CPCB/SPCB. A stack height of

50 m has been provided for effective dispersion of sulphur dioxide emissions into the

atmosphere.

Ambient air quality and stack emission is regularly monitored to keep check on

emissions and will be continued in future. Green belt has already developed and the



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -5

industry is continuing developing green belt which will help in attenuating the pollutants

emitted by the plant.

Baseline data indicates that Ambient Air Quality at project site and in the surrounding

study area is well below the limits as prescribed under the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards (NAAQS, 2009).

To control the fugitive emissions during loading, unloading, and storing operations, the

following measures are being followed:

All the conveyors are covered to prevent the fly-off of fugitive dust

All internal roads are concreted to prevent the fugitive dust due to vehicular

movement

All material transfer points provided with dust extraction system

All the DG sets are standby arrangement and being used during power failure

only.

Regular monitoring of ambient air quality and emissions as per CPCB guidelines

and compliance reports being submitted to MoEF&CC & SPCB.

9.5.2 Noise Environment

Various components of industrial operations cause some amount of noise, which shall be

controlled by proper maintenance and compact technology. The major noise levels will

be confined to the working zones of the plant activities. The Leq of eight hours is within

the prescribed standards. Community noise levels are not likely to be effected due to the

thick green belt developed which is a physical barrier to attenuate the noise levels.

Acoustic enclosures provided to all the DG sets

Free flow of traffic movement shall be maintained

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals being

done to reduce generation of noise.

Regular monitoring of noise level being carried out.

Rotation of workers working in the noise prone areas.



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -6

9.5.3 Water Environment

The project will result in generation of following types of effluents from the process

operations:

Table 9.1 Details of different streams of effluent generation

S.NO PURPOSE QUANTITY (KLD)

Existing


(150 KLPD Plant) 1 SPENT LEES 79 172 2 BOILER BLEED OFF 10 18 3 COOLING BLOW DOWN 10 27 4 WTP BACKWASH 75 117 5 IMFL BOTTLE WASHINGS 60 60


7 FLOOR WASHINGS 10 10 8 DOMESTIC 18 22

TOTAL 639 926

Manneru River is adjacent to the project site in south direction. No bore wells exist

within the distillery premises and no effluent is being discharged into the river. The

existing treatment system in the plant is sufficient to cater the needs of the proposed

expansion project and the industry adopted ZLD. The domestic wastewater is treated in

the sewage treatment plant of capacity 50 KLD. The treated STP water is being used for

gardening purpose.

The wastewater from the distillery as per the Zero Discharge scheme for wastewater

management is as follows:

The effluent generated from the ENA/ Grain Alcohol production process is

segregated as process effluent (spent wash and spent lees) and effluent from

utilities like Boiler, Cooling Tower, vacuum pump, washings.

The distillery effluent (spent lees) is sent to the decanter, where the solid waste

DWGS is separated and liquid waste will go to the Multi-effect evaporator (2x500

KLD).



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -7

In the Multi-effect evaporator it will be concentrated upto 30-35% solids and the

concentrated solids are mixed with the Distillers Wet Grain Soluble (DWGS)

which will be sold as cattle feed.

The process condensate from the evaporator, cooling tower and boiler blow

downs will be sent to Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) unit consisting of

Equalization tank, aeration tank, clarifier and dual media filter and RO for

treatment.

The RO permeate is reused for cooling tower make up purpose and RO rejects

sent to MEE.

Well-designed storm water drainage provided all over the plant to avoid mixing of

storm water with effluent.

Rainwater storage pond is available within the premises to utilize the rain water

during monsoon season.

9.5.4 Land Environment

Spent lees being treated through Centrifuge Decanters for separation of Suspended

Solids as wet cake which is used as cattle feed as it contains higher protein and fiber

content. The Process condensate, boiler blow down, cooling tower blow down, spent lees

is treated in Condensate Polishing Unit, after treatment of which it is recycled back to the

process again. As greenbelt is being all around the plant boundary, the aesthetics of the

land has positive impact.

9.5.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management Plan

The solid and other hazardous wastes from the project to be properly collected, stored

and disposed as per the Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 and Hazardous and other

wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Detailed

solid/hazardous waste generated and its disposal mechanism is mentioned in Table 9.2



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -8

Table 9.2 Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation and disposal details

Type

Existing

Quantity

Proposed

Quantity

Total

after

expansion


Solid waste


shed

Sold as cattle feed

directly

Mixed

boiler

ash

2.5 TPD

2.5 TPD 5.0 TPD


units

ETP

Sludge


STP

Sludge 1.5 TPM


Hazardous Waste

Waste

oil

3000 LPA

(Existing)

2000 LPA

(Proposed)

5000 LPA Sealed

Carboys

To the agencies

authorized by APPCB

The DWGS is being sold as cattle feed as it is rich in protein and fiber

Boiler ash sold to brick manufacturing units

Solid waste such as CPU sludge and STP being used as manure as it is non-

hazardous.

The hazardous waste i.e. spent oil generated is being stored in designated place

and sold to authorized agencies of APPCB.

9.5.6 Odour Control Measures

Odour Management Plan outlines the methods by which odorous emissions will

systematically assess, reduce and prevent potentially from the distillery unit.

Odour shall be primarily controlled at source by good operational practices,

including physical and management control measures.

Better housekeeping will maintain good hygiene condition by regular steaming of

all fermentation equipment.

Control of temperature during fermentation to avoid in-activation/ killing of yeast.



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -9

9.5.7 Socio-economic Environment

CSR activities will be prioritized on local needs, which focus on Health, Education,

Social Mobilization, Infrastructure Development, and Water Harvesting Schemes and to

support Agriculture activities. The production of alcohol will generate large amount of

revenue by way of excise duties levied on the local government. Positive impact would

lead to the upliftment of poor people. Thus, the overall impact of the proposed expansion

project on socioeconomic facet is positive and long term.

9.5.8 Occupational Health and Safety

All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure

of employees to occupational safety and health hazards. For the safety of workers,

personnel protective appliances like hand gloves, goggles, aprons, ear mufflers, nose

mask, helmet etc. provided. Nose mask will be provided at places, where there is

possibility of dust generation and VOC emissions. In high noise generation areas ear

mufflers provided for the workmen.

Smoking and other igniting activities are strictly prohibited in the distillery as well as in

the factory premises. Firefighting arrangements provided as per the required statutes as

well as corresponding standards. Mock drills shall be arranged for the workers to test the

effectiveness of the training program from time to time and the way to react in case of

emergency. Proposed safety measures to be made to prevent and reduce accident among

employees are:

Periodically monitor the health of the workers

All safety gear shall be provided to workers and care shall be taken by EMC that

these are used properly by them. All safety norms shall be followed

Suitable training programs being arranged for the manpower, which are directly

responsible for the pollution control systems and emergency response planning, in

their respective field/area of responsibility.

The training aspects will include plant start-up, shut-down, day-to-day trouble

shooting, operational control and management, monitoring requirements and



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -10

techniques, etc., and more importantly, on emergency response management

including first aid.

9.6 Greenbelt Development

There are no National Parks/Sanctuaries within 10 km radius of the plant. The

distillery is zero liquid discharge based plant as per CPCB norms. No significant

vegetation occurs in and around the existing plant. There are no rare and endangered

species in the area. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on flora & fauna due to

the proposed expansion project.

The industry has the social obligation to recreate the environmental status by providing

thick green cover to suppress fugitive emission and provide aesthetic beauty. Trees form

the important part of the biosphere in our eco-system. At present green belt of 35.0 acres

land area is developed which is more than the requirement of 33% of the total site area.

However, additional greenbelt will be developed in the open space available within the

premises increase the aesthetic view of the surroundings.

Plantation technique

A standard horticultural practice involves planting of saplings in pits of 1ft. x1ft.x 1ft.The

pits are then filled with earth, sand silt and manure in pre-determined proportions and are

watered liberally. For areas where the soil conditions are poor and the substratum is hard

and rocky, pits of 2ft. x 2ft. x 2ft. with 4cft. of external soil and 2cft. of compost is

recommended. The growing plants are then cared for the first three years, or for at least

two years (for tall plants) with tending operations like weeding, watering and most

importantly through protection from stray animals and pests. Nutrients in pits are

occasionally supplemented.

Selection of species for green belt

Development of the green belt is one of the most sensitive issues and shall be done with

due care. Selection of proper locally grown species in addition to checking of their

growth rate, quality, thickness of canopy cover, etc. shall be duly done as it helps in

abatement of fugitive noise, reduce the pollution level, thus making the place worth



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -11

dwelling for the diversified species flora. The plant species suitable for green belt

development need to be selected based on the flowing criteria.

Native plant species will be preferred

Fast growing plants will be planted

Plants having thick canopy cover will be used

Preferably perennial and evergreen species will be selected

Road sides will be planted with local vegetation

While making choice of plant species for cultivation in green belts, weightage has to be

given to the natural factor of bio-climate. It is also presumed that the selected plants will

be grown as per normal horticultural or forestry practices. In view of this, the list of

species to be planted in the green belt area is illustrated below in Table 9.3

Table 9.3 Selected list of plant species for Greenbelt development

Botanical name Family Height (Meter

Albizia lebeck Mimosaceae 30

Anthocephalus cadamba Rubiaceae 20

Azadirachta indica Meliaceae 20

Bambusa arundinacea Poaceae 20

Bambusa vulgaris Poaceae 15

Bauhinia purpurea Caesalpiniaceae 5

Bauhinia variegata Caesalpiniaceae 5

Butea monosperma Fabaceae 10

Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae 12

Dalbergia latifolia Fabaceae 20

Drypetes roxburghii Euphorbiaceae 15

Phyllanthus emblica Euphorbiaceae 6

Ficus benghalensis Moraceae 20

Guazuma ulmifolia Malvaceae 10

Hamelia patens Rubiaceae 2

Ixora coccinea Rubiaceae 4

Lagerstroemia reginae Lythraceae 10

Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae 20

Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae 15

Syzigium cumini Myrtaceae 20



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -12

Tectona grandis Verbenaceae 15

Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae 15

Thespesia populnea Malvaceae 10

9.7 Energy Conservation Measures

Energy conservation measures would be undertaken for ensuring minimum use of non-

renewable energy resources. It is proposed to induce the culture of energy conservation in

all stakeholders of the project. The first priority is avoidance of wastage the second is

introduction of more energy efficient equipments and installations. This includes

installing LED light sources and availing of solar energy, particularly for street and open

area lighting. Another aspect is optimum usage of day light so as to minimize electricity

consumption in the offices and other facilities.

9.8 COST ESTIMATE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The details of capital and recurring (per annum) budget earmarked for pollution control,

operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities, for greenbelt development and

maintenance is summarized in this section. The management is also keen to modify and

make more efficient measures towards suppression of pollution sources. The cost

estimate for Environment Management Plan is provided in Table 9.4

Table 9.4 Environmental Management Budget

S.No. Description Capital Cost

(Lakhs)

Recurring Cost per

annum (Lakhs)

1. Air pollution Control 6.0 8.0

2. Water pollution Control -- 7.0

3. Environmental Monitoring and

Management -- 6.5

4. Occupation Health -- 3.0

5. Greenbelt 5.0 2.0

6. Solid & Hazardous Waste

Management -- 4.0

7. Rain water harvesting 1.2 0.5

8. Safety and Firefighting facilities 15.0 2.0

Total 27.2 33.0



MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 -13

9.9 CSR COMMITMENT

M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited will follow Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) with

2.5 % of Capital Investment.

The company has provided RO plant to the Sanampudi village as per of CSR activity.

The following measures will be taken to maintain a clean and sustainable environment in

and around the plant:

i. Integrate sound environmental practices in all its activities.

ii. Promote development of innovate environment friendly processes and products.

iii. Integrate the principle of “reduce, recover, recycle and reuse” in its operations for

conservation of natural resources to ensure a sustainable future.

iv. Improve employee commitment and responsibility towards environment protection

through capacity building.

v. Promote environmentally responsible behaviour amongst contractual workforce and

suppliers.

The tentative CSR activities proposed to be taken up are given in following Table 9.5

Table: 9.5 Corporate Social Responsibilities (CSR) Activities proposed

S.No Item Proposed

(Lakhs)

1 Training funds 15.0

2 Development of Infrastructure facilities in nearby

schools 10.0

3 Providing public toilets in nearby villages 6.5

Total 31.5

CHAPTER –X

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION


CHAPTER - X SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

10 - 1

10.1 SUMMARY






on molasses/grain). The industry obtained EC amendment to add grain based to

existing 45 KLPD molasses based distillery and 25 TPD of CO2 plant vide F.No: J-

11011/152/2015-IA II (I) Dt: 28.12.2015. For the same obtained CFE vide order no:


APPCB/VJA/NLR/39/HO/2017 Dt: 18.12.2017. Now, the management proposed for

capacity expansion from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol@

99.8% v/v)/ENA/ Indian Made Foreign Liquor Grain based i.e. expansion quantity of

60 KLPD and 35 TPD of CO2 plant within the existing premises.

10.2 LOCATION & ACCESSIBILITY

The project site is located at Sy. No: 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2, 54, 55/1 & 2,

56 etc., Plot No. 791, Old Singarayakonda Village, Prakasam District, Andhra

Pradesh.

Latitude: 15°12’57.80”N


The nearest highway NH-16 is adjacent to the plant towards east and the nearest

railway station is Singarayakonda Railway station is 4.02 km from the plant. The

nearest airport is Vijayawada Airport at 167.18 km from the plant.

10.3 PROJECT ACTIVITIES

The company proposed to expand the production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150

KLPD Ethanol (AA @ 99.8% v/v)/ENA/Indian Made Foreign Liquor Grain based

distillery along with 35 TPD of CO2 plant within the existing premises. The existing

Plant & Machinery is sufficient to handle grain based to manufacture all or any of the

three finished products RS/ENA/Ethanol. However, to produce Anhydrous Alcohol

@ 99.8% v/v from Rectified Spirit @ 95% v/v for blending with Motor Spirit, it is



10 - 2

proposed to set up Molecular Sieve Dehydration (MSDH) plant within the existing

premises.

Present capacity:





1) Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol@ 99.8% v/v)/ENA (Grain based) – 60 KLPD


3) Wet cake: 90 TPD

10.4 PROJECT UTILITIES AND RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS

Raw Material

The distillery will use grains as basic raw material. Besides this, processing chemicals

would be used for the production of Ethanol. The other raw materials will be sourced

from local market. The details of basic raw materials required for the expansion

project is given in the below Table 1

Table 1: Details of Raw material requirement


(After Expansion)





Fuel Requirement



Biomass – 131 MT





10 - 3

Steam Requirement

At present the steam requirement for the distillery is being met from 30 TPH boiler

with coal/biomass as fuel and 16 TPH boiler as standby.

Land Requirement


production capacity of ENA/Ethanol (Anhydrous Alcohol@ 99.8% v/v) from 90

KLPD to 150 KLPD is within the existing premises and the proposed MSDH unit is

planned to be established in an area of 0.89 Acres.

Water Requirement

The existing plant is utilizing 1395 KLD of fresh water through bore wells from

sanampudi village via tankers. Average fresh water requirement after the proposed

expansion will be 1746 KLD. Recently, the industry has established desalination plant

of 4 MLD capacity and source of water will be from own desalination plant.

Power Requirement

Power requirement met from APSPDCL and existing in house power generation from

4.22 MW Turbine. Alternate energy from DG sets of capacity of 1x325 kVA, 1x750

kVA and 1x1010 kVA during emergency.

10.5 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The study of the baseline environmental status helps in assessing the existing

environmental conditions and identifying the critical environmental attributes. The

study of the physical, biological and socio-economic environment within a radius of

10 km (study area) from the plant comprises of the baseline environment. Primary and

secondary data were collected for the EIA study.

Physical Environment

Climate and Meteorology

The climate of the region is governed by its location in the tropics and by the

monsoon. The climate of the southeastern coast of the Bay of Bengal is characterized

by the annually recurring seasonal monsoons. Wind speed is high and found mostly



10 - 4

between 5.92 – 6.0 m/sec during the study period. The predominant wind direction is

from NE during the study period.

Air Quality

The ambient air quality representing PM10, PM2.5 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen

Oxides (NOx), Carbon Monoxide (CO) was monitored at eight different locations for

24 hours twice a week from November’20 to January’21. Volatile Organic Carbons

(VOCs), Methane (CH4), non-methane hydrocarbons (NMHCs), Ozone, Ammonia,

Lead (Pb), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo(a)pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni) were

monitored for the same period. All the parameters were found to be below the

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009. The average 24 hourly

PM10 at monitoring locations ranged between 32.3-78.0 µg/m3 (NAAQS-100 µg/m3).

The average 24 hourly PM2.5 at monitoring locations ranged between 12.0-34.7 µg/m3

(NAAQS-60 µg/m3). The average 24 hourly SO2 at monitoring locations ranged

between 3.4-12.7 µg/m3 (NAAQS-80 µg/m3). The average 24 hourly NOx at

monitoring locations ranged between 6.4-16.3 µg/m3 (NAAQS-80 µg/m3). Lead (Pb),

Benzene (C6H6), Benzo(a)pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), HC (methane and

non methane Hydro Carbon), Volatile Organic Carbon (VOC) are remained below

detection limit (BDL) in the study area.

Noise Quality

The noise quality was monitored for 24 hours at eight locations within the study area.

The ambient noise quality at day and night was in compliance to the Noise Limits set

for the residential area as per Noise Pollution (Control and Regulations), 2000. The

daytime noise level was found in the range between 51.3-69.4 dBA whereas the night

time noise level was found in the range between 43.6-61.5 dBA

Geology

The area in Prakasam district is underlain by diverse type of rock types belonging to

Achaean to recent age. The coastal plains, older coastal plains and flood plains with

recent alluvium, flood plain deposits and marine sediments forming the land forms in

the north, north east, mid-central and south eastern parts of the district.



10 - 5

Hydrogeology

The hydrogeological studies to understand the local geology, geomorphic features,

drainage network, aquifer characteristics and yield of water. The crystalline aquifer,

granite-gneiss, system occupy major parts of the district. The crystalline aquifer

system lacks primary porosity and the occurrence, movement of ground water in these

rock types depend on the thickness of weathered zone available and degree of

fracturing/jointing.

Groundwater Quality

Groundwater was collected and analyzed as per IS: 10500:2012 from eight locations

in the study area. All the parameters analyzed was under the acceptable and

permissible limit of IS: 10500:2012. Heavy metals were found to be below detection

limit.

Surface Water Quality

Surface water was sampled from four representative locations. The water samples

were analyzed and compared as per IS 2296. The pH of the surface water samples

varied from 7.1-7.3. The DO levels at all the locations exhibited values ranging from

5.6-6.3 mg/l. Chloride and nitrate content of all collected surface water sample ranges

from 48.4-55.1 mg/l and 1.2-1.5 mg/l respectively. The total coliform count of the

surface water samples varied between 640 MPN/100ml to 710 MPN/100ml.

Land Use

The land use of the study area shows that Majority of the study area is occupied by

scrub land 10660.47 Ha i.e., approx. 31.09%. Fallow land is 30.23%. Water body is

4296.95 Ha. i.e. 12.53%. Agricultural land is 3927.08 Ha. i.e. 11.45%. Built-up Area

(Habitation) occupied 2236.91 Ha (6.52%). Sandy area and Dense Vegetation

occupied by 5.83% and 2.34% respectively.

Soil Quality

The structural and denudational plateaus on proterozoic rocks with pediment and

pediplains occur in the North, South and Central parts of the district. Structured hills,

denudational hills and valleys on sedimentary rocks and colluvial terraces are seen in

the North West, Central and South Western parts of the district. The Dharwar schist,



10 - 6

Charnockites and peninsular gneisses occur as linear ridges, residual and structural

hills and as shallow to moderately weathered pediplain deposits.

Biological Environment

Baseline Survey and Secondary data received from Forest Department’s Website and

other published and unpublished document regarding ecological habitat and sensitive

flora and fauna in the study area revealed that most of the buffer zone covered with

sparse vegetation like bushes wild Calotropis gigantea, Lantana camara and some

Poaceae species and common trees namely Azadirachta indica, Pongam tree

Ponggamia pinnata, Acacia species, Tamarindus indica, Ziziphus mauritiana, and

Prosopis juliflora etc. There are no National Parks or Wildlife Sanctuaries or

Biosphere reserves or important bird areas (IBAs) or Protected Wetlands within 10

km radius of the project site.

Socioeconomic Environment

The socio-economic baseline has been prepared on the basis of available secondary

sources of information was generated through site observation, Individual

Questionnaire Survey (IQS) and Focused Group Discussions (FGD) with the people

living in the villages identified to be within the study area. In addition to this, Field

survey was conducted in the villages from 45 participants. It has also been undertaken

to assess their and awareness and perceptions about the proposed expansion project.

Random interactions were also made with the local communities, PHC centre, stake

holders, and anganwadi workers.


Zarugumilli, 72 villages with 68866 households. The total population in the study area

is 2, 66,709 with male 133273 and female 1,33,436. Children (0-6 Years age) in the

area are 27,237. The total literates and illiterates are 148037 and 118670.

10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

The potential impacts of the project on different components of the environment was

systematically identified and evaluated for significance. The principal concerns that

emerged are:



10 - 7

Impact on Air Quality




The existing 30 TPH biomass/coal boiler provided with Electrostatic Precipitator will

be used for the expansion project and 16 TPH (standby) boiler is provided with Bag

Filter. The DG sets are provided with adequate stack height as per the norms and are

being used during power failure only.

Mitigation measures


Periodic sprinkling of water on roads to be done to prevent dust carry off

during vehicle movements;


Proper handling and storage of chemicals, product, fuel and raw material to

minimize the chances of any dust or fugitive emissions.

Impact on Noise Quality


machineries, transportation vehicles may go sometime up to 85-90 dB (A) at the work

sites. Generation of noise during movement of vehicles carrying materials and loading

& unloading activities. The existing boiler and DG sets will be utilized for the

proposed expansion project. Source of noise will be operation of DG sets during

power failure for which acoustic enclosure is provided.

Mitigation measures

Adequate greenbelt developed in and around the project area as an efficient

barrier for prevention of noise propagation outside the project premises.


Impact on Land Environment

The proposed expansion of production capacity from 90 KLPD to 150 KLPD grain-

based distillery is within the existing premises. The total land available for the

distillery is 98.04 Acres and is under the possession of the management. However, to

produce Anhydrous Alcohol @ 99.8% v/v from Rectified Spirit @ 95% v/v for

blending with Motor Spirit, it is proposed to set up Molecular Sieve Dehydration



10 - 8

(MSDH) plant within the existing premises. The MSDH plant includes installation of

evaporator columns, allied facilities and final product storage tanks.

Mitigation measures






hazardous waste shall be maintained

Impact on Water Environment

The total water requirement for the distillery after expansion will be 1746 KLD. The

source of water is from through bore wells from sanampudi village. Recently, the

industry has established its own desalination plant of 4 MLD capacity which is about

7.5 km from the distillery and the water requirement will be met from the desalination

plant. The effluent generated from the ENA/Grain Alcohol production process is

segregated as process effluent (spent wash and spent lees) and effluent from utilities

like Boiler, Cooling Tower, vacuum pump, washings. The company adopted Zero

Liquid Discharge scheme. The domestic wastewater is treated in the sewage treatment

plant of capacity 50 KLD and the treated water is being used for gardening purpose.

Mitigation measures

The industry adopted ZLD to treat the various streams of effluents from the

process and washings


landscaping

Rainwater storage pond existing within the site premises to utilize the run-off

water

Impact on Biological Environment

As noticed during study and topo-sheet map, the project site is far away from the

ecologically potential area. Hence, issue of impacts on ecology during construction of

the expansion project is not envisaged. As the closed tankers and covered trucks will

be used for the transportation of raw material and finished product, there will not be

any fugitive emission. The treated non-process effluent will be utilized for dust



10 - 9

suppression, ash conditioning and for on land irrigation after ensuring compliance

with CPCB / SPCB norms.

Impact on Traffic and Transportation

The project site is adjacent to the NH-16 and at present approx... 27 nos. of vehicles

are plying to and from the distillery for transportation of raw materials, fuel and

products. The present road condition is good and the alcohol is being transported in

tankers hence there will not be any fugitive dust during transportation.

Impact on Socio economic Environment

Impacts on social environment during operation phase may occur mainly because of

the pollution potentials of the project, hazardous material handling & storage, hazards

associated with hazardous chemical & operations of the project, noise generation, and

traffic load on local approach road. Noise generation from the utilities and other

machineries will be manageable efficiently by provision of noise reduction techniques

& technologies.

CSR activities will be prioritized on local needs, which focus on Health, Education,

Social Mobilization, Infrastructure Development, and Water Harvesting Schemes and

to support Agriculture activities. The production of alcohol will generate large amount

of revenue by way of excise duties levied on the local government.

10.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND MONITORING PLAN

A full-fledged EHS and OHS team is existing in the plant with multidisciplinary team

of professionals, technical staffs and all necessary infrastructures; and Director

Operations head the team. This team is also responsible for all environment

management activities including environmental monitoring, greenbelt development,

ensuring good housekeeping, ensuring statutory compliance as well as creating

environmentally aware work forces in the plant including the proposed expansion

project. Compliance to statutory provisions, norms of State Pollution Control Board,

Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) the conditions of

the environmental clearance as well as the consents to establish and consents to

operate.



10 - 10

A comprehensive environmental monitoring plan has been developed for the project.

Monitoring of ambient air quality, noise levels, soil and groundwater quality to be

carried out by MoEF&CC/NABL/SPCB recognized laboratories during the operation

phase.

Proposed CSR Strategy

The management will fulfill Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) requirement as

per the guidelines.

10.8 PROJECT COST

The project cost for the proposed MSDH unit within the plant premises and

production of Ethanol/ENA of capacity 150 KLPD is 12.6 crores.

CHAPTER –XI

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


CHAPTER - XI DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

11-1

11.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

M/s. SV Enviro Labs & Consultants, Visakhapatnam have carried out Environmental

Impact Assessment and Baseline studies based on the EIA Notification, 2006 and its

subsequent amendments.

11.1 ABOUT SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS (SVELC)

SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS pioneered its way in the mid 90’s in Yanam,

the evergreen Union Territory, to provide the quality services in the area of

environmental pollution. The laboratory serves have been set up in an extent of 7500 sq.ft

in the city of destiny Visakhapatnam to provide analytical expertise in the field of

Environmental Engineering. Our technical expertise is one among the best in the country,

providing economical & sound environmental and safety solutions.

SVELC is an ISO 9001:2015 company and is accredited by:

ISO 9001:2015

ISO 14001: 2004

Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India,

New Delhi

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) registered

Environmental consultants by Quality Council of India (QCI).

National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) in

the field of testing

OSHAS 18001: 2007

11.2 SERVICES OFFERED BY SV ENVIRO

Environmental:

Environmental Impact Assessments

Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Audits preparation

Solid and hazardous waste management

Risk assessment and disaster management plans

Occupational health and safety studies



11-2

Socio-economic studies

Marine impact assessment

Rehabilitation and resettlement studies

Analysis:

Environmental monitoring for air, water, soil, noise, ecology, hazardous waste, etc

Industrial emission source monitoring

Offshore sampling and analysis of marine water and sediments

Analysis of water, wastewater, soil, solid waste, hazardous waste, lube oils, etc

Noise quality monitoring

Work zone source emission analysis

The firm has been engaged in the work of Environmental Impact Assessment studies for

category –A & B projects, preparation of Environmental management plans (EMP) for

the past 20 years for the purpose of obtaining clearance from Ministry of Environment,

Forests & Climate Change.



11-3

Fig: 11.1 – NABET Certificate

ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE-I

ToR Copy

File No.AP PKM IND 04 2020 1794

Goverment of India

State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority

Andhra Pradesh

***

To,

M/s M/S. PEARL DISTILLERY LIMITED

M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited, Old Singarayakonda, Prakasam district, Andhra Pradesh,

Prakasam-523101

Andhra Pradesh

Tel.No.0891-2755528; Email:[email protected]

Sub. Terms of Reference to the M/s. PEARL DISTILLERY LIMITED (EXPANSION OF

PRODUCTION CAPACITY FROM 90KLPD TO 150KLPD GRAIN BASED DISTILLERY), Sy.

Nos. 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 & 2, 54, 55/1 & 2, 56, etc., Plot No. 791, Old

Singarayakonda village, Singarayakonda Mandal, Prakasam, Andhra Pradesh

Dear Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: SIA/AP/IND2/52971/2020

2. Name of the Proposal:

M/s. PEARL DISTILLERY LIMITED

(EXPANSION OF PRODUCTION CAPACITY

FROM 90KLPD TO 150KLPD GRAIN BASED

DISTILLERY)

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(g) Distilleries

5. Date of submission for TOR: 28 Apr 2020

Date : 06-05-2020

Sri P.V. Chalapathi Rao, I.F.S.

( Member Secretary )

Office : State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), O/o Andhra

Pradesh Pollution Control Board, D.No.33-26-14 D/2, Near Sunrise Hospital, Pushpa Hotel

Centre, Chalamavari Street, Kasturibaipet, Vijayawada-520010, Andhra Pradesh.

Phone No : 2755528 Mobile : 9148969312

Email id : [email protected]

Note : This is auto tor granted letter.

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(g): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FORDISTILLERIES AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMPREPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. Inaddition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)


ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-Ifauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.


7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also touse for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.


xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time


bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FORDISTILLERIES

1. List of existing distillery units in the study area along with their capacity and sourcing of rawmaterial.

2. Number of working days of the distillery unit.

3. Details of raw materials such as molasses/grains, their source with availability.

4. Details of the use of steam from the boiler.

5. Surface and Ground water quality around proposed spent wash storage lagoon, and compost yard.

6. Plan to reduce spent wash generation within 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol produced.

7. Proposed effluent treatment system for molasses/grain based distillery (spent wash, spent lees,condensate and utilities) as well as domestic sewage and scheme for achieving zero effluent discharge(ZLD).

8. Proposed action to restrict fresh water consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol production.

9. Details about capacity of spent wash holding tank, material used, design consideration. No. ofpeizometers to be proposed around spent wash holding tank.

10. Action plan to control ground water pollution.

11. Details of solid waste management including management of boiler ash, yeast, etc. Details ofincinerated spent wash ash generation and its disposal.

12. Details of bio-composting yard (if applicable).

13. Action plan to control odour pollution.

14. Arrangements for installation of continuous online monitoring system (24x7 monitoring device)

***

ANNEXURE-II

EC, CFE & CFO Copies

Page 1 of 6

CONSENT ORDER FOR ESTABLISHMENT

Lr.No. 39 /APPCB/CFE/RO-NLR/HO/2016 Dt.20.09.2016

Sub: PCB – CFE - M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited, Sy Nos.49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 &2, 54,55/1 &2, 56 etc., Old Singarayakonda, Prakasam District - Consent for Establishment of the Board for change of raw material and expansion of IMFL under Sec.25 of Water (P & C of P) Act, 1974 and Under Sec.21 of Air (P&C of P) Act, 1981 - Issued - Reg.

Ref: 1) Environmental Clearance dt. 19.07.2007 and Amendment EC order dt. 28.12.2015 issued by MOE&F, GOI.

2) Industry’s application received through Single Desk System on 26.08.2016.

3) R.O’s inspection report dt. 31.08.2016 and mail dt. 12.09.2016. 4) Industry’s lr.dt. 15.09.2016. 5) CFE Committee meeting held on 16.09.2016.

1.

In the reference 2nd cited, an application was submitted to the Board seeking Consent for Establishment (CFE) for change of raw material (CRM) and expansion of IMFL to produce the following with installed capacities as mentioned below, with an additional project cost of Rs. 15.0 crores.

S. No.

Products and By-products

As per CFE dt. 23.05.2005

As per CFE amendment

dt. 06.08.2007 Proposed

Production capacity after CRM & exp.

1 Extra Neutral Alcohol (Grain based)

36.0 TPD 45 KLPD (36.0 TPD)

---

90 KLPD (72.0 TPD)

(grain based)

2 Extra Neutral Alcohol (Molasses based)

32.0 TPD 40 KLPD (32.0 TPD)

45 KLPD (36.0 TPD) (grain based in place of Molasses)

3 Rectified Spirit (Molasses based)

4.0 TPD 5 KLPD (4.0 TPD)

4 Indian Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL)

68.68 TPD 68.68 TPD 85.0 TPD (26,535.50

cases)

153.68 TPD (48,001 cases)

By-product :

1 CO2 --- 25.0 TPD 25.0 TPD 2 Wet Cake 75.0 TPD

(existing) 75.0 TPD 150.0 TPD

2. As per the application, the above activity is to be located in the existing premises at

Sy Nos. 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 &2, 54,55/1 &2, 56 etc., Old Singarayakonda, Prakasam District in an area of 98.0 Acres.

3. The above site was inspected by the Environmental Engineer, Regional office,

Nellore, A.P Pollution Control Board on 27.08.2016 and observed that the site is surrounded by

North : Agriculture land South : Manneru Creek East : NH-5 Road West : Agriculture land

Phone: 23887500 Fax: 040 – 23815631 Website :www.appcb.ap.nic.in

ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD PARYAVARAN BHAVAN, A - 3, INDUSTRIAL ESTATE,

SANATHNAGAR, HYDERABAD - 500 018

Single Desk Approval Ref Id : SDPCB008160240

Page 2 of 6

4. The Board, after careful scrutiny of the application, verification report of Regional Officer and recommendations of the CFE Committee, hereby issues CONSENT FOR ESTABLISHMENT FOR CHANGE OF RAW MATERIAL AND EXPANSION OF IMFL to your unit Under Section 25 of Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1974 and Section 21 of Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and the rules made there under. This order is issued to manufacture the products as mentioned at para (1) only.

5. This Consent Order now issued is subject to the conditions mentioned in Schedule

'A' and Schedule 'B'.

6. This order is issued from pollution control point of view only. Zoning and other regulations are not considered.

Encl: Schedule ‘A’ Schedule `B'

MEMBER SECRETARY To M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited, Sy Nos.49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 &2, 54, 55/1 &2, 56 etc., Old Singarayakonda, Prakasam District-523101. [email protected] Copy to: 1. The JCEE, Z.O., Vijayawada for information and necessary action. 2. The E.E., R.O, Nellore for information and necessary action.

Page 3 of 6

SCHEDULE - A

1. The proponent shall obtain Consents for Operation (CFO) from APPCB, as required Under Sec.25/26 of the Water (P&C of P) Act, 1974 and under sec. 21/22 of the Air (P&C of P) Act, 1981, before commencement of the activity.

2. Notwithstanding anything contained in this conditional letter or consent, the Board hereby reserves its right and power Under Sec.27(2) of Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Under Sec.21(4) of Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 to review any or all the conditions imposed herein and to make such alternation as deemed fit and stipulate any additional conditions by the Board.

3. Floor washing shall be admitted into the effluent collection system only and shall not be allowed to find their way in storm drains or open areas. The industry shall maintain a good housekeeping. All pipe valves, sewers, drains shall be leak proof. Dyke walls shall be constructed around storage of chemicals.

4. This order is valid for period of 7 years from the date of issue.

SCHEDULE – B Water:

1. The source of water is Bore wells from the villages through pipe lines and the maximum permitted fresh water consumption is as following:

S. No.

Purpose Existing (Grain)

Proposed (Grain)

Total (Grain)

1 Process 272.0 272.0 544.0 2 Washings 35.0 35.0 70.0 3 Boiler Feed 40.0 40.0 80.0 4 Industrial Cooling (Makeup) 170.0 170.0 340.0 5 IMFL Blending & Bottling 110.0 136.0 246.0 6 Water Treatment Plant (DM Plant Back wash) 50.0 45.0 95.0 7 Water in molasses -- -- -- 8 Domestic 10.0 10.0 20.0

TOTAL 687.0 708.0 1395.0

2. The maximum waste water generation shall not exceed the following:

S.No Source Existing (Grain)

Proposed (Grain)

Total (Grain)

1. Spent lees 39.5 39.5 79.0 2. Boiler Bleed off 5.0 5.0 10.0 3. Cooling Blow Down 5.0 5.0 10.0 4. Water Treatment plant/Back wash 50.0 25.0 75.0 5. IMFL bottle washings 50.0 10.0 60.0 6. Waste water after decantation 188.5 188.5 377.0 7. Floor washings ---- 10.0 10.0 8. Domestic 8.0 10.0 18.0 TOTAL 346.0 293.0 639.0

Treatment & Disposal :

Source of effluent Treatment Mode of final disposal

IMFL unit, cooling tower & boiler blow downs, RO rejects

Equalization tank, aeration tank, clarifier dual medial filter

RO permeate is reused for cooling purposes.

RO rejects to MEE.

Spent lees, decanter MEE ( 2 x 500 KLD) and drier. Cake is used as cattle feed.

Domestic STP On land for gardening.

Page 4 of 6

3. The Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) shall be maintained properly. All the units of

the ETP shall be impervious and shall be constructed 1m above the ground level to prevent ground water pollution.

4. The industry shall achieve Zero Effluent Discharge and under no circumstances the effluents shall be discharged outside the industry premises.

5. The industry shall store spent less in closed tanks with a maximum capacity of 2-3 days. Under any circumstances the industry shall not store spent less in lagoons.

6. Separate meters with necessary pipe-line shall be provided for assessing the quantity of water used for each of the purposes mentioned below.

a) Industrial cooling, boiler feed. b) Domestic purposes. c) Processing, whereby water gets polluted and pollutants are easily bio-

degradable. d) Processing, whereby water gets polluted and the pollutants are not

easily bio-degradable.

7. The industry shall provide concrete drains near processing sections such that the spillages, leakages are collected and connected to ETP for further treatment.

8. The industry shall provide separate storm water drains along the periphery of the site such that the inplant rain water is collected in collection tank and shall be connected to ETP. Under no circumstances effluent / storm water shall be discharged from the plant premises.

9. Adequate numbers of ground water quality monitoring stations by providing

piezometers around the project area shall be set up. Sampling and trend analysis monitoring must be made on quarterly basis and report shall be submitted to concerned Regional Office.

10. The industry shall provide digital flow meters with totalisers at inlet and outlet of collection tank, MEE feed, separately for measuring effluent generation, treatment and recycled.

Air:

11. The industry shall comply with the following for controlling air pollution:

Existing:

S.N Details of Stack Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3 a) Attached to: Boilers D.G. Sets D.G. Sets b) Capacity 12.0 TPH 16.0 TPH 1 x 325 KVA 1 x 750 KVA c) Name of the Fuel : Bio-mass/ Coal Diesel Diesel d) Stack height above

ground (m.) Common stack of 50.0 m

4.0 m 6.0 m

e) Air Pollution Control Equipment:

Bag filters Bag filters Acoustic enclosures

Acoustic enclosures

Proposed:

S.N Details of Stack: Stack 4 a) Attached to: D.G. Set b) Capacity 1 x 1010 KVA c) Name of the Fuel : Diesel d) Stack height above ground (m.) 7.0 m e) Air Pollution Control Equipment: Acoustic enclosures

Page 5 of 6

12. The proponent shall comply with the following for controlling Fugitive emissions:

a. Raw material / Biomass unloading areas shall be provided with dust

suppression system. b. All material transfer points shall be provided with dust extraction system with

bag filters. c. All the conveyors are shall be covered to prevent the fly off of fugitive dust. d. All internal roads are shall be made of Bitumen / concrete to prevent the

fugitive dust to vehicular movement.

13. The proponent shall ensure compliance of the National Ambient Air quality standards notified by MOE&F, GOI vide notification No. GSR 826(E), dated. 16.11.2009 during construction and regular operational phase of the project.

14. The industry shall take appropriate measures to control odour nuisance in the

surroundings and the measures taken shall be reported to Concerned Regional office of PCB before applying for CFO.

15. The industry shall provide continuous online stack monitoring system and shall be networked to APPCB for website display.

16. Ambient Air Quality monitoring stations shall be setup in the down wind direction as well as where maximum ground level concentration of PM2.5, PM10 SO2, NOx are anticipated in consultation with concerned Regional Office.

17. A sampling port with removable dummy of not less than 15 cm diameter shall be provided in the stack at a distance of 8 times the diameter of the stack from the nearest constraint such as bends etc. A platform with suitable ladder shall be provided below 1 meter of sampling port to accommodate three persons with instruments. A 15 AMP 250 V plug point shall be provided on the platform.

18. The generator shall be installed in a closed area with a silencer and suitable noise absorption systems. The ambient noise level shall not exceed 75 dB(A) during day time and 70 dB(A) during night time.

Solid Waste:

19. The proponent shall comply with the following:

S.N Description of Waste Existing Present proposal

After the present

proposal Mode of Disposal

1 Waste Oil 1000 LPA

2000 LPA 3000 LPA Authorized Agencies / used as lubricant within the premises.

2 ETP sludge 1.0 TPM - 1.0 TPM Used as manure 3 STP Sludge 1.5 TPM -- 1.5 TPM Used as manure 4 The mixed boiler ash --- --- 2.5 TPD To brick units

20. The following rules and regulations notified by the MoE&F, GoI shall be implemented.

a) Hazardous waste and other wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

b) Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989. c) Fly ash notification S.O.2804 (E), dt. 3.11.2009. d) Batteries (Management & Handling) Rules, 2010. e) E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016. f) Construction and Demolition waste Management Rules, 2016.

Page 6 of 6

Other Conditions:

1. The industry shall comply with the following as committed vide lr. dt. 15.09.2016:

The industry shall abandon two lagoons immediately and the sludge from the lagoons shall be disposed off in a scientific manner. Another three lagoons shall be abandoned within a span of one year as committed by the management.

The industry shall sent back the stagnated colored water from unlined lagoons/ lined lagoons to ETP/MEE for further treatment.

the sludge shall be disposed to the farmers as manure .

The industry shall store the cleaning water of the fermenter in above ground level tank.

The industry shall maintain continuous online effluent monitoring system connected to

APPCB / CPCB Website.

The industry shall complete construction of shed to store multiple fuels to avoid the Fugitive Emission being carried away.

Lined platform around the boiler house shall be completed to improve housekeeping.

Green belt with minimum area of 33% of total area, shall be developed in the

vacant area during this monsoon season.

2. The proponent shall ensure that there shall not be any change in the process technology and scope of working without prior approval from the Board.

3. The proponent shall comply with all the directions issued by the Board from time to time.

4. Concealing the factual data or submission of false information/ fabricated data and failure to comply with any of the conditions mentioned in this order and attract action under the provisions of relevant pollution control Acts.

5. Any person aggrieved by an order made by the State Board under Section 25, Section 26, Section 27 of Water Act, 1974 or Section 21 of Air Act, 1981 may within thirty days from the date on which the order is communicated to him, prefer an appeal as per Andhra Pradesh Water Rules, 1976 and Air Rules,1982, to such authority (hereinafter referred to as the Appellate Authority) constituted under Section 28 of Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)Act,1974 and Section 31 of the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981.

MEMBER SECRETARY To M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited, Sy Nos.49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/1 &2, 54, 55/1 &2, 56 etc., Old Singarayakonda, Prakasam District-523101. [email protected]

M/s. PEARL DISTILLERLY LIMITED

COMPLIANCE FOR CONSENT FOR ESTABLISHMENT

ORDER No. 39/APPCB/CFE/RO-NLR/HO/2016 Date:20.09.2016.

SCHEDULE - A

S. No CONDITION COMPLIANCE 1 The Proponent shall obtain consents for

operation (CFO) from APPCB, as required

under Sec. 25/26 of the water (P&C of P)

Act, 1974 and Under Sec. 21/22 of the Air

(P&C of P) Act, 1981, before

commencement of the activity.

We are submitting the application for

obtaining the consent for operation from

APPCB as per the conditions.

2. Notwithstanding anything contained in this

conditional letter of consent. The board

hereby reserves its nigh and power Under

Sec.27 (2) of water (Prevention and Control

of Pollution) Act, 1981 to review any or all

the conditions imposed herein and to make

such alternation as deemed fit and stipulate

any additional conditional by the Board.

We will obey the rules and regulations

amended / imposed by APPCB.

3 Floor washing shall be admitted into the

effluent collection system only and shall not

be allowed to find their way in storm drains

or open areas. The industry shall maintain a

good housekeeping both within the factory

and in the premises. All pipe valves, sewers,

drains shall be leak proof. Dyke walls shall

be constructed around storage of chemicals.

For the existing unit we are taking

necessary cautions to not to mix the effluent

into any storm drains and for the expansion

unit also we will do same as per the

conditions of the board. We are maintaining

good housekeeping both within the factory

and in the premises.

4 The order is valid for a period of 7 years

from the date of issue.

Noted.

SCHEDULE –B

1. The source of water is Bore wells from the villages

through pipe lines and the maximum permitted fresh

water consumption is as following:

S.N

o.

Purpose Existi

ng

(KLD)

Propos

ed

(KLD)

Total

(KLD)

1. Process 272.0 272.0 544.0 2. Washings 35.0 35.0 70.0 3. Boiler Feed 40.0 40.0 80.0 4. Industrial Cooling

(Makeup) 170.0 170.0 340.0

5. IMFL Blending & Bottling

110.0 136.0 246.0

6. Water Treatment Plant (DM Plant Back Wash)

50.0 45.0 95.0

7. Water in molasses -- -- -- 8. Domestic 10.0 10.0 20.0

687.0 708.0 1395.0

The water consumption will be

within permitted limits only. We

will not exceed the Board

permitted limits.

2. The maximum waste water generation (KLD) shall not

exceed the following.

S.No.

Source Existing (KLD)

Proposed

(KLD)

Total (KLD)

1. Spent lees 39.5 39.5 79.0 2. Boiler Feed

off 5.0 5.0 10.0

3. Cooling blow down

5.0 5.0 10.0

4. Water Treatment Plant /Back wash

50.0 25.0 75.0

5. IMFL Bottling washing

50.0 10.0 60.0

6. Waste water after decantation

188.5 188.5 337.0

7. Floor Washing

-- 10.0 10.0

8. Domestic 8.0 10 18.0

We will not generate the waste

water beyond the board permitted

levels.

346.0 293.0 639.0 Treatment & Disposal

Source of

Effluent

Treatment Mode of final disposal

IMFL Unit,

cooling tower &

boiler blow

downs, RO

rejects

Equalization

tank, aeration

tank, clarifier

dual medial

filter

RO Permeate

reused for cooling

purpose.

RO rejects to

MEE

Spent, decanter MEE(2X500

KLD) and

drier

Cake is used as

cattle feed.

Domestic STP On land for gardening.

3. The Effluent Treatment (ETP) shall be maintained

properly. All the units of the ETP shall be impervious

and shall be constructed 1m above the ground level to

prevent ground water pollution.

We are maintaining Effluent

Treatment Plant properly.

4. The industry shall achieve Zero Effluent Discharge and

under no circumstances the effluent shall be discharged

outside the industry premises.

We are maintaining zero effluent

discharge and under no

circumstances effluent will not be

discharged outside the industry

premises.

5. The industry shall store spent less in closed tanks with a

maximum capacity of 2-3 days. Under any circumstances

the industry shall not store spent less in lagoons.

We are storing spent less in

closed tanks with a maximum

capacity of 2-3 days.

6. Separate meters with necessary pipe line shall be

provided for assessing the quantity of water for each of

the purpose mentioned below.

Industrial Cooling, boiler feed

Domestic purpose

Processing, whereby water gets polluted and

pollutants are easily bio degradable.

We provided separate meters with

necessary pipeline.

Processing, whereby water gets polluted and the

pollutants are not easily bio-degradable.

7 The industry shall provide concrete drains processing

sections

Such that the spillages, leakages are collected and

connected to ETP for further treatment.

We provided concrete drains

processing sections.

8 The industry shall provide separate storm water drains

along the periphery of the site such that the inplant rain

water is collected in collection tank and shall be

connected to ETP. Under no circumstances

effluent/storm water shall be discharged from the plant

premises.

As instructed we will provide

separate storm water drains along

the periphery for collecting rain

water following to ETP and will

ensure there will be no discharge

of effluent/storm water from

plant premises.

9. Adequate numbers of ground water quality monitoring

stations by providing piezometers around the project area

shall be set up. Sampling and trend analysis monitoring

must be made on quarterly basis and report shall be

submitted to concerned Regional Office.

As instructed by board will be

followed

10. The industry shall provide digital flow meters with

totalisers at inlet and outlet of collection tank, MEE feed,

separately for measuring effluent generation, treatment

and recycled.

We provided digital flow meters

with totalisers at inlet and outlet

of Collection tank, MEE feed,

separately for measuring effluent

generation, treatment and

recycled.

Air:

11. The industry shall comply with the following for

controlling air pollution:

Existing:

S.

No.

Details of Stack Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3

a) Attached to: Boilers D.G. Sets D.G. Sets

b) Capacity 12.0 TPH 16.0 TPH 1X325

KVA

1X750

KVA

All the prescribed norms will be

followed.

c) Name of the

fuel:

Bio-maa/Coal Diesel Diesel

d) Stack height

above ground

(m.)

Common stack of 50.0 m 4.0 m 6.0 m

e) Air Pollution

Control

Equipment:

Bag Filters Bag Filters Acoustic

Enclosures

Acoustic

Enclosures

Proposed:

S. No. Details of Stack: Stack 4

a) Attached to: D. G. Set

b) Capacity 1 X 1010 KVA

c) Name of the fuel: Diesel

d) Stack height above ground (m.) 7.0 m

e) Air Pollution Control Equipment: Acoustic Enclosures

12. The proponent shall comply with the following for

controlling Fugitive emissions:

a. Raw material/Biomass unloading areas shall be

provided with dust suppression system.

b. All material transfer points shall be provided with

dust extraction system with bag filters.

c. All the conveyors are shall be covered to prevent

the fly off fugitive dust.

d. All internal roads are shall be covered to prevent

the fly off of fugitive dust.

We are following the Mitigation

measures as instructed by board.

13. The proponent shall ensure compliance of the National

Ambient Air quality standards notified by MoEF , GOI

vide notification No. GSR 826 (E), dated. 16.11.2009

during construction and regular operational phase of the

project.


followed.

14. The industry shall take appropriate measures to control

odour nuisance in the surroundings and the measures

taken shall be reported to Concerned Regional office of

PCB before applying for CFO.

We are taking appropriate

measures to control odour

nuisance in the surroundings.

15. The industry shall provide continuous online stack We provide online stack

monitoring system and shall be networked to APPCB for

website display.

monitoring system.

16. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring stations shall be setup

in the down wind direction as well as where maximum

ground level concentration of PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx

are anticipated in consultation with concerned Regional

Office.

Ambient Air Quality monitoring

stations are in down wind

direction.

17. A sampling port with removal dummy of not less than 15

cm diameter shall be provided n the stack at a distance of

8 times the diameter of the stack from the nearest

constraint such as bends etc. A platform with suitable

ladder shall be provided below 1 meter of sampling port

to accommodate three persons with instruments. A 15

AMP 250 V plug pint shall be provided on the platform.

We will follow as per your

directions

18. The generator shall be installed in a closed area with a

silencer and suitable noise absorption systems. The

ambient noise level shall not exceed 75 dB (A) during

day time and 70 dB(A) during night time.

We installed DG sets in a closed

area with a silencer.

Solid Waste:


S.

No.

Descriptio

n of waste

Existing Present

Proposal

After the

present

proposal

Mode of

disposal

1 Waste Oil 1000 LPA 2000 LPA 3000 LPA Authorized

Agencies/ used

as lubricant

within the

premises

2 ETP

SLudge

1.0 TPM --- 1.0 TPM Used as

manure

3 STP

SLudge

1.5 TPM --- 1.5 TPM Used as

manure

4 The

mixed

boiler ash

--- --- 2.5 TPD To brick units


followed.

20. The following rules and regulations notified by the We are following the Rules and

MoE&F, GoI shall be implemented.

a) Hazardous waste and other wastes (Management

and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

b) Manufacture, Storage and import of Hazardous

chemicals Rules, 1989.

c) Fly ash notification S.O.2804(E), dt.3.11.2009

d) Batteries (Management) Rules, 2016.

e) E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016.

f) Construction and Demolition waste Management

Rules, 2016.

regulations notified by the

MoE&F, GoI.

Other Conditions:

1. The industry shall comply with the following as

committed vide lr. dt. 15.09.2016

The industry shall abandon two lagoons

immediately and the sludge from the lagoons

shall be disposed off in a scientific manner.

Another three lagoons shall be abandoned within

a span of one year as committed by the

management.

The industry shall sent back the stagnated colored

water from unlined lagoons/lined lagoons to

ETP/MEE for further treatment.

The sludge shall be disposed to the farmers as

manure.

The industry shall store the cleaning water of the

fermenter in above ground level tank.

The industry shall maintain continuous online

effluent monitoring system connected to

APPCB/CPCB Website.

The industry shall complete construction of shed

to store multiple fuels to avoid the Fugitive

Emission being carried away.

Lined platform around the boiler house shall be

We have already

abandoned two lagoons

immediately and the

sludge from the lagoons

disposed in a scientific

manner and another three

lagoons will be abandoned

with in a span of one year.

We are sending the

stagnated colored water

from unlined lagoons to

ETP for further treatment.

The sludge disposed to the

farmers as manure.

We constructed shed to

store multiple fuels to

avoid the fugitive

emission.

We maintaining good

housekeeping.

completed to improve housekeeping.

Green belt with minimum area of 33% of total

area, shall be developed in the vacant area during

this monsoon season.

We are developing green

belt in the vacant area.

2. The proponent shall ensure that there shall not be any

change in the process technology and scope of working

without prior approval from the Board.


directions. Without approval from

Board we will not alter process

technology and scope of working.

3. The proponent shall comply with all the directions issued

by the Board from time to time.


directions issued by Board.

4. Concealing the factual data or submission of false

information/fabricated data and failure to comply with

any of the conditions mentioned in this order and attract

action under the provisions of relevant pollution control

Acts.

Noted and we ensure that we will

follow all the conditions

mentioned in order.

5. Any person aggrieved by an order made by the State

Board under Section 25, Section 26, Section 27 of Water

Act, 1974 or Section 21 of Air Act, 1981 may within

thirty days from the date on which the order is

communicated to him, prefer an appeal as per Andhra

Pradesh Water Rules, 1976 and Air Rules,1982, to such

authority (hereinafter referred to as the Appellate

Authority) constituted under Section 28 of Water

(Prevention and Control of Pollution)Act,1974 and

Section 31 of the Air (Prevention and Control of

Pollution) Act, 1981.

We will strictly follow the rules

and regulations stipulated from

Board authorities.

Page 1 of 2

CONSENT ORDER FOR AMENDMENT

Order No. 39 /APPCB/CFE/RO-NLR/HO/2016 Dt: 18.04.2018

Sub: APPCB – CFE – M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited, Sy Nos: 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/ 1, 2, 54, 55/1 & 2, 56 etc, Old Singarayakonda, Karedu Village, Prakasam District – Consent for Establishment of the Board for installation of additional boiler under Sec.25 of Water (P & C of P) Act, 1974 and Under Sec.21 of Air (P&C of P) Act, 1981 - Issued - Reg.

Ref: 1) EC order dt. 19.07.2007 & Amendment order dt. 28.12.2015. 2) CFE order dt. 20.09.2016 3) Industry’s application received through AP Single Desk on 16.03.2018. 4) R.O’s inspection report dt. 20.03.2018. 5) RO: Nellore mail dt. 17.04.2018.

* * * *

1.

The Board issued CFE(Expn.) to the industry vide reference 2nd cited to produce the following:

S.

No. Products

Quantity

1 Extra Neutral Alcohol (Grain based) 90 KLPD (72.0 TPD)

2 Indian Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) 153.68 TPD (48,001 cases)

S. No. By-products Quantity 1 CO2 25.0 TPD 2 Wet Cake 150.0 TPD

2. In the reference 3rd cited, an application was submitted to the Board seeking Consent for Establishment (CFE) for installation of additional multi fuel fired Boiler of capacity 30.0 TPH with an investment of Rs.15 Crores. It is proposed to operate the 30.0 TPH boiler regularly and other two existing boilers of 12.0 TPH & 16.0 TPH will be operated during 30.0 TPH Boiler taken for maintenance.

3. As per the application, the above activity is to be located within the existing industry premises at Sy Nos: 49/1, 2, 50 & 51, 47, 48, 53/ 1, 2, 54, 55/1 & 2, 56 etc, Old Singarayakonda, Karedu Village, Prakasam District in an area of 98.04 acres.

4. The above site was inspected by the Environmental Engineer, Regional office, Nellore, A.P Pollution Control Board, on 19.03.2018 and observed that the site is surrounded by

North : Agriculture land

South : Manneru Creek

East NH – 5 road

West : Agriculture land

Website :www.appcb.ap.nic.in

ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD D.No. 33-26-14 D/2, Near Sunrise Hospital, Pushpa Hotel Centre,

Chalamalavari Street, Kasturibaipet, Vijayawada – 520010.

ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD D.No. 33-26-14 D/2, Near Sunrise Hospital, Pushpa Hotel Centre,

Chalamalavari Street, Kasturibaipet, Vijayawada – 520010.

Page 2 of 2

5. The Board, after careful scrutiny of the application and verification report of Regional

Officer hereby issues AMENDMENT TO CFE ORDER dt. 20.09.2016 under Section 25 of Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1974 and Section 21 of Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and the rules made there under as following:

a) The table mentioned at Condition No. 11 under schedule – B of the CFE order shall be

read as following: 11. The industry shall comply with the following for controlling air pollution after

installation of additional boiler:

S. No

Details of Stack

Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3 Stack 4

a) Attached to Boilers D.G. Set D.G. Set D.G. Set b) Capacity 12.0 TPH

(existing) 16.0 TPH (existing)

30 TPH (New)

1 x 325 KVA

1 x 750 KVA

1 x 1010 KVA

c) Name of the Fuel

Bio-mass/ Coal Diesel Diesel Diesel

d) Stack height above ground (m.)

Common stack of 50.0 m

4.0 m 6.0 m 7.0 m

e) Air Pollution Control Equipment

Multi cyclones followed by Bag filters

Multi cyclones followed by Bag filters

Electro static

precipitator (ESP)

Acoustic enclosures

Acoustic enclosures

Acoustic enclosures

b) The industry shall operate 30.0 TPH boiler regularly and other two existing boilers of 12.0

TPH & 16.0 TPH shall be operated during 30.0 TPH Boiler taken for maintenance.

c) The table mentioned at Condition No. 19 under schedule – B of the CFE order shall be read as following:


S. No

Description of Waste

Qty. as per CFE order dt.

20.09.2016

Qty. after installation of

new boiler Mode of Disposal

1 Waste Oil

3000 LPA 3000 LPA Authorized Agencies / used as lubricant within the premises.

2 ETP sludge 1.0 TPM 1.0 TPM Used as manure 3 STP Sludge 1.5 TPM 1.5 TPM Used as manure 4 The mixed boiler ash 2.5 TPD 5.0 TPD To brick units

d) The industry shall provide adequate ash silo with mechanical handling system for collection

of boiler ash to control fugitive emissions.

e) All other conditions stipulated in the CFE order dt. 20.09.2016 remain the same.

MEMBER SECRETARY To M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited, Old Singarayakonda, Karedu (V), Lopadu (M), Prakasam District. [email protected]

ANNEXURE-III

Distillery Plant Layout

S

N

W E

TURBINE HOUSE18.00m x 9.00m

COOLINGTOWER

13.00m x 8.20m

COOLINGTOWER

4.55m x 8.20m

COOLINGTOWER

10.05m x 8.20m

COOLINGTOWER

4.55m x 6.50m

WEIGH BRIDGE14.50m x 5.00m

ROOM6.46m x 3.46m

6.00

4.55 10.05

1000 KVA DGSET

6.00m x 7.00m

6.00

7.00

PAN

EL

RO

OM

10.5

0m x

6.0

0m

SUB

ST

AT

ION

24.00

16.0

0

RE

CY

CL

ING

WA

TE

R P

UM

P6.

00m

x 6

.00m

SEPTIC TANK SEPTIC TANK5.00m x 5.00m

VEHICLE PARKINGSHED 10.00m x 15.00m

CA

R P

AR

KIN

G S

HE

D20

.00m

x 1

0.00

m

L A W NL A W N

g a t e

15.00

COOLINGTOWER

10.05m x 8.20m

10.051.50

1.50

TS

3.00

3.00

7.00

R

O

A

D

R

O

A

D

R

O

A

D

R

O

A

D

R

O

A

D

R O A D

R

O

A

D R

O

A

D

R O A D R O A D R O A D

R O A D R O A D R O A D R O A D

R O A D R O A D R O A D R O A D

12.00

15.0015.08

L A W NSECURITY

ROOM10.00 m x 3.50m

L A W N

R O A D

R O A D

g a t e

WELL

VIJ

AY

AW

AD

A

CH

EN

NA

I

N .

H -

5

N .

H -

5

12.0

0

D

R A

I N

D

R A

I N

D

R A

I N

D

R A

I N

D

R A

I N

SEPT

IC T

AN

K I

N L

ET

SEPT

IC T

AN

K I

N L

ET

12.2

010

.00

10.0

0

g a t e

OLD SINGARAYA KONDA (M),PRAKASAM Dt.(SCALE:- 1:400)

AREA STATEMENTA- BLOCK - 4115.16 Sq .mtMEZZANINE FLOOR - 2930.47 Sq .mtB - BLOCK - 4115.16 Sq.mtMEZZANINE FLOOR - 1018.00 Sq .mtC - BLOCK - 4115.16 Sq.mtMEZZANINE FLOOR - 1440.00 Sq.mtE - BLOCK - 972.00 Sq.mtFERMENTATION - 1732.00 Sq.mtFIRST FLOOR - 1732.00 Sq.mtDISTILLATION(ALL FLOORS) - 2876.00 Sq.mtGRAIN EVAPORATION - 221.00 Sq.mtGRAIN STORES - 698.74 Sq.mtW.T.P - 249.64 Sq.mtI.M.E.E PLANT - 115.60 Sq.mtGRAIN LIQUEFACTIONSECTION - 204.00 Sq.mtMEE + MPR PLANT - 417.56 Sq.mtGRAIN FEMENTATION - 1080.00 Sq.mtGRAIN CONVEYER - 161.00 Sq.mtGRAIN MILLING - 417.60 Sq.mtE.T.P LAB - 92.89 Sq.mtWEIGH BRIDGE - 22.35 Sq.mtTURBINE HOUSE - 162.00 Sq.mtCOOLING TOWER - 106.60 Sq.mtCOOLING TOWER(2No'S) - 31.53 Sq.mtCOOLING TOWER(2NO'S) - 82.41 Sq.mtCOOLING TOWER - 42.00 Sq.mtM.V.PANAL ROOM - 72.00 Sq.mtVEHICLE PARKING - 128.00 Sq.mtCAR PARKING - 200.00 Sq.mtCRECH ROOM - 72.00 Sq.mtMOLASYS PUMP HOUSE - 19.89 Sq.mtDIGESTOR - 1568.00 Sq.mtMOLASSES TANK - 1568.00 Sq.mtPRO.TEMPLE - 26.64 Sq.mt

TOTAL - 32805.84 Sq.mt

APPLICANT

ARCHITECT :-

STREET LIGHT WITH 1 NO's 250 W HPSV LAMPS

STREET LIGHT WITH 2 NO's 250 W HPSV LAMPS

FLOOD LIGHT LUMINARE

PROPOSED

P o

w e

r

H o

u s

e

1

5.70

x 1

7.70

M.V.P a n e l

PFC

P -

II

PFC

P -

IL

.S.B

S -

1

S -

2

S -

3

S -

4S

- 7

S -

8S

- 5

S -

6S

- 9

S -

12

S -

11

S -

10

R -

4

S -

15

S -

14

S -

13

S -

18

S -

17

S -

16

S -

19

S -

20

S -

21

R -

3

R -

2

R -

1

R -

9

R -

8

R -

7

R -

6

R -

5

R -

10

R -

11

R -

12

BT

- 3

0

BT

- 2

9

BT

- 2

8

BT

- 2

7

BT

- 2

6

BT

- 2

5

1 2 3

3.22

0.56

1.60

2.05

Ble

nd F

ilter

s

BT

- 3

2

BT

- 3

3

BT

- 3

4

BT

- 3

1

BT

- 3

6

BT

- 3

5

R/S

D

CA

BIN

UP

UP

MA

NA

GE

R

4.00

x 6

.00

D

CABIN (EXCISE)

3.75 X 4.60M

WO

RK

SH

OP

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

3032

3836

3739

4140

4231

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

3032

3836

3739

4140

4231

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

3032

3836

3739

4140

4231

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

3032

3836

3739

4140

4231

1.20

35.69

RS

RS

/ V

RS1

RS

RS

RS1

RS

S/D

S/D

D

3.84

x 4

.00

BL

EN

DIN

G L

AB

DW

1

3.84

x 5

.69

MA

TE

RIA

L S

TO

RE

SB

LE

ND

ING

D

3.84

x 5

.69

INC

HA

RG

EW

2

3.84

x 5

.69

CA

BIN

W2

D

W / V W / V

TA

BL

E

40 K

L40

KL

40 K

L

40 K

L

40 K

L

40 K

L

40 K

L

40 K

L

40 K

L

40 K

L

40 K

L40

KL

40 K

L40

KL

40 K

L

40 K

L

50 K

L

50 K

L

50 K

L

FILTERS

UP

BL

EN

DIN

G H

AL

L19

.17

x 35

.54

WARE HOUSE 35.61 x 35.54

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

FIL

LE

R/

SEA

LE

RL

AB

EL

LE

R

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

FIL

LE

R/

SEA

LE

RL

AB

EL

LE

R

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

FIL

LE

R/

SEA

LE

RL

AB

EL

LE

R

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

FIL

LE

R/

SEA

LE

RL

AB

EL

LE

R

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

BO

TT

LE

WA

SHIN

G15

.91

x 35

.54

UP

UP

50 K

L

50 K

L

50 K

L

6.00

10 K

L10

KL

3.84

x 4

.23

QC

IN

CH

AR

GE

3.84

x 3

.00

SEN

SOR

Y L

AB

DD

BT

-1

BT

-2

BT

-3

BT

-4

BT

-5

BT

-6

BT

-19

BT

-20

BT

-21

BT

-18

BT

-17

BT

-16

BT

-15

BT

-14

BT

-22

BT

-23

BT

-24

BT

-7

BT

-8B

T-9

BT

-10

BT

-11

BT

-12

BT

-13

W / V

W / V

PRO

DU

CT

ION

30

30

30

30

32

32

33

33

35

35

36

36

36

36

38

38

38

38

39

39 39

39

40

40

40

40

41 41

41

41

42

42

42

42

37

37

37

LIQ

UO

R S

ER

VIC

E T

AN

K

LIQ

UO

R S

ER

VIC

E T

AN

K

LIQ

UO

R S

ER

VIC

E T

AN

K

LIQ

UO

R S

ER

VIC

E T

AN

K RS1

RS

RS1

RS

D

3.84

x 4

.86

W2

3.84

x 4

.86

CA

BIN

W2

D

UP

9.59

R/S

R/S

R/S

RS RS

R/S

WA

RE

HO

USE

-231

.74

X 2

9.36

M

CA

BIN

UP

UP

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

30

3238

36

3739

4140

4231

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

30

3238

36

3739

4140

4231

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

30

3238

36

3739

4140

4231

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

30

3238

36

3739

4140

4231

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

30

3238

36

3739

4140

4231

0.70

EX

IST

ING

ME

ZZ

AN

INE

FL

OO

R

465.

97 S

QM

31.7

4

29.36

41.8

8

4.00

W / V W / V

R/S

WARE HOUSEC-BLOCK

B-BLOCK

A-BLOCK580.33 sqm

702.48 sqm

702.48 sqm

29.36

WARE HOUSE

R/S

W / V W / V

R/S

R/S

W / V W / V

W / WW / WW / WW / WW / W

Statue

RE

CY

CL

ING

WA

TE

R P

UM

P6.

00m

x 6

.00m

RE

CY

CL

ING

WA

TE

R P

UM

P6.

00m

x 6

.00m

RAIN WATERHARVESTING PIT

PUMPS

320

KV

A D

G S

ET

750

KV

A D

G S

ET

FIREPUMP

HOUSE

37

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

30

3238

36

3739

4140

4231

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

R30

3836

3739

40FI

LL

ER

33FI

LL

ER

3435

31

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

3032

3836

3739

4140

4231

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

EC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

3032

3836

3739

4140

4231

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

FIL

LE

R/

SEA

LE

RL

AB

EL

LE

R

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

30

32

36

38

39

40

41

42

37

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

FIL

LE

R/

SEA

LE

RL

AB

EL

LE

R

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

30

32

36

38

40

41

42

37

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

30

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

R30

3836

3739

40FI

LL

ER

33FI

LL

ER

3435

31C

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

3939

APPROVED :-

12.0

0

4.254.254.254.506.004.504.504.504.504.504.504.50

1.20

PASSAGE5.84m WIDE

6.00

HAMALIES ROOM4.20 x 6.00

4.254.504.50 4.25 4.254.50

COL. 300X450

D

WORKSHOP& BATTERY CHARGING ROOM31.34 x 12.00

D

D

LADIES WAITING HALL 21.17 X 12.00

GENTS TOILETS 4.20 X 6.00

D

tread:300rise:150

1.201.801.20

RS

PROPOSEDFLAVORSSTORAGE

ROOM4.27X6.00

DD DRS

LADIES TOILETS4.20 X 12.00

81.00

PROPOSEDLADIES

TOILET ROOM4.20X12.00

D

CANTEEN4.20 X 6.00

HAND WASH 4.20 X 6.00

D

REST ROOM 4.20 X 6.00

PROPOSEDENZYMES

ROOM4.27X6.00

D

wash basins

Toilet DD Toilet

D D DToilet Toilet Toilet

wash basins

Urinals

wash basins

Toilet DD

DD

DD

DD

DD

DD

Toilet

Toilet Toilet

Toilet Toilet

Toilet Toilet

Toilet Toilet

Toilet Toilet

D

4.23 x 4.00 ROOM

RS

R/S

R/S

WARE HOUSE(GROUND FLOOR)/ ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE (FIRST FLOOR)

DATE:-10.02.2021

Toilet DD Toilet

Toilet DD Toilet

Toilet DD Toilet

Toilet DD Toilet

Toilet DD Toilet

IME

E P

LA

NT

17.0

0 x

6.80

m

T2

T1

LIQ

UE

FAC

TIO

N I

IA

RE

A :

6.80

x 1

7.00

mG

RA

IN C

ON

VE

YO

R

WTP

R.O WATERSUMP

SUMP

RAW WATERFILTERS

TU

BE

SET

TL

ING

TA

NK

BO

ILE

RC

HIM

NE

Y

BLOCK - D

D

R A

I N

SPEC

IAL

SPIR

ITS

STOR

AGE

ROOM

R/S

GENTS DORMITORY(G.F) / LADIESDORMITORY

( MEZZANINE FLOOR)PURCHASE

ENGG. STORES

GENTSTOILETS(G.F)

LADIESTOILETS

(M.F)

EXCISE & EXECUTIVES

ENGG.STORES

PURCHASEDEPT.STAFF

DEPT.STAFF

DEPT.STAFF

RE

CY

CL

ING

PLA

NT

32.37

52.5

0

MOLASSESPUMP HOUSE

AIR

CO

MPR

ESS

OR

SHE

D

DIGESTER26m Ø

GAS HOLDER10 m Ø

LAMELLACLARIFIER

SET

TL

ING

CO

MPR

ESS

OR

RE

CIR

CU

LA

TIO

NPU

MP

P.H

.E

E.T

.PPU

MP

WA

SHSU

MP

CONT

ROL

ROOM

COOL

ING

TOW

ER

RAW WATER SUMPMOLASSES

PUMP HOUSE

L A W N

L A W N

CONDENSATECOLLECTION

TANK

07

40.795.56

76.14

GR

AIN

SIL

OS

51.44

GRAIN FEEDSECTION

FERMENTOR-6

MEE + MPR PLANT14.60m x 28.60m

GRAINFERMENTATION24.00m x 45.00m

GRAIN MILLINGPLANT

24.00m x 17.40m

STILL HOUSE19.20m x 17.00m

GRAINEVOPORATION13.00m x 17.00m

FERMENTATIONBUILDING

32.20m x 52.50m

( MEZZANINE FLOOR)

R O A D

GLASS SCRAP

GLASS SCRAP GLASS SCRAP

SEPTICTANK

SEPTICTANK

BLOCK - E

RS

contractorsroom

OHC room

14.00

7.00

7.00

7.00

1.82

1.82

2.59

4.57

4.20

5.79

7.80

GANESH TEMPLE3.65 X 3.65

MUKHA MANDAPAM3.65 X 3.65D

15.68

8.06

13.17

8.94

DD

lift

COMPOUND WALL

CO

MPO

UN

D W

AL

L

COMPOUND WALL

WA

SHSU

MP

16.29

12.95

1.50

M.V.P a n e l

SEPTIC TANK

TOOLS STORAGE SHED6.00m x 9.00m

WORKSHOP15.00m x 10.00m

FILTER

5.09

CABIN3.50 x 4.00

D D

PROPOSED

4.00 x 4.00CABIN

D D

PROP

OSED

AIR

COM

PRES

SOR

SHED

85KL DMwater storage tank

Proposed chemicalstorage room

4.00m x 4.00m

Total Builtup area - 64240.00 Sqm = 15.87 Acres

45.53

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

R30

3836

3739

40FI

LL

ER

33FI

LL

ER

3435

31

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

R30

36FI

LL

ER

33FI

LL

ER

3435

31

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

SEA

LE

R

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

RC

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

FIL

LE

R

3032

3836

3739

4140

4231

L-7L-14L-13L-12L-11L-10

L-9L-25L-15L-6L-5L-4L-3L-2L-1

L-17L-18L-19L-20L-21L-22L-8L-16

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

30

BO

TT

LE

W

ASH

ER

LA

BE

LL

ER

TA

BL

ER

OL

LE

R C

ON

VE

YO

R30

3836

3739

40FI

LL

ER

33FI

LL

ER

3435

31C

AR

TO

N

SE

AL

ER

3939

L-16

RE

CY

CL

ING

WA

TE

R P

UM

P6.

00m

x 6

.00m

RE

CY

CL

ING

WA

TE

R P

UM

P6.

00m

x 6

.00m

D

CRECHE4.60 X 3.75M

LAWN

5.008.75

8.50

11.70

0.99

5.00

10.0

07.

00

4.00

Ø4.

00

Ø4.

00

Ø4.

00

Ø7.

00

Ø8.

00

Ø8.00

Total Builtup area (ETHANOL PLANT) - 3600.24 Sqm

38.74

89.0

0

AutoCAD SHX Text

AA/ETHANOL (PESO)

AutoCAD SHX Text

STORAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

TANK

AutoCAD SHX Text

STORAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

TANK

AutoCAD SHX Text

STORAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

TANK

AutoCAD SHX Text

STORAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

TANK

AutoCAD SHX Text

STORAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

TANK

AutoCAD SHX Text

STORAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

TANK

AutoCAD SHX Text

ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

MSDH SECTION

AutoCAD SHX Text

MCC ROOM

AutoCAD SHX Text

CT MSDH

ANNEXURE-IV

Land documents

ANNEXURE-V

Photographs of existing distillery

Fig: Photographs of existing distillery unit (M/s. Pearl Distillery Limited)

Fig: Photographs of existing greenbelt developed

ANNEXURE-VI

Annual report of health status of

workers

ANNEXURE-VII

EHS Organogram

Date post:	11-Feb-2022
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	4 times
Download:	0 times

M/s. PEARL DISTILLERY LIMITED

Documents